COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR TREATING INFECTIONS USING CATIONIC PEPTIDES ALONE OR IN COMBINATION WITH ANTIBIOTICS

Abstract

Compositions and methods for treating infections, especially bacterial infections, are provided. Indolicidin peptide analogues containing at least two basic amino acids are prepared. The analogues are administered as modified peptides, preferably containing photo-oxidized solubilizer.

Description

TECHNICAL FIELD

[0002] The present invention relates generally to methods of treating microorganism-caused infections using cationic peptides or a combination of cationic peptides and antibiotic agents, and more particularly to using these peptides and antibiotic agents to overcome acquired resistance, tolerance, and inherent resistance of an infective organism to the antibiotic agent.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

[0003] For most healthy individuals, infections are irritating, but not generally life-threatening. Many infections are successfully combated by the immune system of the individual. Treatment is an adjunct and is generally readily available in developed countries. However, infectious diseases are a serious concern in developing countries and in immunocompromised individuals.

[0004] In developing countries, the lack of adequate sanitation and consequent poor hygiene provide an environment that fosters bacterial, parasitic, fungal and viral infections. Poor hygiene and nutritional deficiencies may diminish the effectiveness of natural barriers, such as skin and mucous membranes, to invasion by infectious agents or the ability of the immune system to clear the agents. As well, a constant onslaught of pathogens may stress the immune system defenses of antibody production and phagocytic cells (e.g., polymorphic neutrophils) to subnormal levels. A breakdown of host defenses can also occur due to conditions such as circulatory disturbances, mechanical obstruction, fatigue, smoking, excessive drinking, genetic defects, AIDS, bone marrow transplant, cancer, and diabetes. An increasingly prevalent problem in the world is opportunistic infections in individuals who are HIV positive.

[0005] Although vaccines may be available to protect against some of these organisms, vaccinations are not always feasible, due to factors such as inadequate delivery mechanisms and economic poverty, or effective, due to factors such as delivery too late in the infection, inability of the patient to mount an immune response to the vaccine, or evolution of the pathogen. For other pathogenic agents, no vaccines are available. When protection against infection is not possible, treatment of infection is generally pursued. The major weapon in the arsenal of treatments is antibiotics. While antibiotics have proved effective against many bacteria and thus saved countless lives, they are not a panacea. The overuse of antibiotics in certain situations has promoted the spread of resistant bacterial strains. And of great importance, antibacterials are useless against viral infections.

[0006] A variety of organisms make cationic (positively charged) peptides, molecules used as part of a non-specific defense mechanism against microorganisms. When isolated, these peptides are toxic to a wide variety of microorganisms, including bacteria, fungi, and certain enveloped viruses. One cationic peptide found in neutrophils is indolicidin. While indolicidin acts against many pathogens, notable exceptions and varying degrees of toxicity exist.

[0007] Although cationic peptides show efficacy in vitro against a variety of pathogenic cells including gram-positive bacteria, gram-negative bacteria, and fungi, these peptides are generally toxic to mammals when injected, and therapeutic indices are usually quite small. Approaches to reducing toxicity have included development of a derivative or delivery system that masks structural elements involved in the toxic response or that improves the efficacy at lower doses. Other approaches under evaluation include liposomes and micellular systems to improve the clinical effects of peptides, proteins, and hydrophobic drugs, and cyclodextrins to sequester hydrophobic surfaces during administration in aqueous media. For example, attachment of polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymers, most often by modification of amino groups, improves the medicinal value of some proteins such as asparaginase and adenosine deaminase, and increases circulatory half-lives of peptides such as interleukins.

[0008] None of these approaches are shown to improve administration of cationic peptides. For example, methods for the stepwise synthesis of polysorbate derivatives that can modify peptides by acylation reactions have been developed, but acylation alters the charge of a modified cationic peptide and frequently reduces or eliminates the antimicrobial activity of the compound. Thus, for delivery of cationic peptides, as well as other peptides and proteins, there is a need for a system combining the properties of increased circulatory half-lives with the ability to form a micellular structure.

[0009] The present invention discloses analogues of indolicidin, designed to broaden its range and effectiveness, and further provide other related advantages. The present invention also provides methods and compositions for modifying peptides, proteins, antibiotics and the like to reduce toxicity, as well as providing other advantages.

[0010] In addition neither antibiotic therapy alone of cationic peptide therapy alone can effectively combat all infections. By expanding the categories of microorganisms that respond to therapy, or by overcoming the resistance of a microorganism to antibiotic agents, health and welfare will be improved. Additionally quality of life will be improved, due to, for example, decreased duration of therapy, reduced hospital stay including high-care facilities, with the concomitant reduced risk of serious nosocomial (hospital-acquired) infections.

[0011] The present invention discloses cationic peptides, including analogues of indolicidin, cecropin/melittin fusion peptides, in combination with antibiotics such that the combination either synergistic, able to overcome microorganismal tolerance, able to overcome resistance to antibiotic treatment, or further provides other related advantages.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

[0012] The present invention generally provides the co-administration of cationic peptides with an antibiotic agent and also provides indolicidin analogues.

[0013] In related aspects, an indolicidin analogue is provided, comprising up to 25 amino acids and containing the formula: RXZXXZXB; BXZXXZXB wherein at least one Z is valine; BBBXZXXZXB; BXZXXZXBBBn(AA)nMILBBAGS; BXZXXZXBB(AA)nM; LBBnXZnXXZnXRK; LKNXZXXZXRRK; BBXZXXZXBBB, wherein at least two X residues are phenylalanine; BBXZXXZXBBB, wherein at least two X residues are tyrosine; and wherein Z is proline or valine; X is a hydrophobic residue; B is a basic amino acid; AA is any amino acid, and n is 0 or 1. In preferred embodiments, Z is proline, X is tryptophan and B is arginine or lysine. In other aspects, indolicidin analogues having specific sequences are provided. In certain embodiments, the indolicidin analogues are coupled to form a branched peptide. In other embodiments, the analogue has one or more amino acids altered to a corresponding D-amino acid, and in certain preferred embodiments, the N-terminal and/or the C-terminal amino acid is a D-amino acid. Other preferred modifications include analogues that are acetylated at the N-terminal amino acid, amidated at the C-terminal amino acid, esterified at the C-terminal amino acid, modified by incorporation of homoserine/homoserine lactone at the C-terminal amino acid, and conjugated with polyethylene glycol or derivatives thereof.

[0014] In other aspects, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule whose sequence comprises one or more coding sequences of the indolicidin analogues, expression vectors, and host cells transfected or transformed with the expression vector.

[0015] Other aspects provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one indolicidin analogue and a physiologically acceptable buffer, optionally comprising an antibiotic agent.

[0016] In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises an antiviral agent, an antiparasitic agent; and an antifungal agent. In yet other embodiments, the composition is incorporated in a liposome or a slow-release vehicle.

[0017] In yet another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating an infection, comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition. The infection may be caused by, for example, a microorganism, such as a bacterium (e.g., Gram-negative or Gram-positive bacterium or anaerobe; parasite or virus.

[0018] In other aspects, a composition is provided, comprising an indolicidin analogue and an antibiotic. In addition, a device, which may be a medical device, is provided that is coated with the indolicidin analogue and may further comprise an antibiotic agent.

[0019] In other aspects, antibodies that react specifically with any one of the analogues described herein are provided. The antibody is preferably a monoclonal antibody or single chain antibody.

[0020] In a preferred aspect, the invention provides a composition comprising a compound modified by derivatization of an amino group with a conjugate comprising activated polyoxyalkylene and a lipophilic moiety. In preferred embodiments, the conjugate comprises sorbitan linking polyoxyalkylene glycol and fatty acid, and more preferably is polysorbate. In preferred embodiments, the fatty acid is from 12-18 carbons, and the polyoxyalkylene glycol is polyoxyethylene, such as with a chain length of from 2 to 100. In certain embodiments, the compound is a peptide or protein, such as a cationic peptide (e.g., indolicidin or an indolicidin analogue). In preferred embodiments, the polyoxyalkylene glycol is activated by irradiation with ultraviolet light or by treatment with ammonium persulfate.

[0021] The invention also provides a method of making a compound modified with a conjugate of an activated polyoxyalkylene and a lipophilic moiety, comprising: (a) freezing a mixture of the conjugate of an activated polyoxyalkylene and lipophilic moiety with the compound; and (b) lyophilizing the frozen mixture; wherein the compound has a free amino group. In preferred embodiments, the compound is a peptide or antibiotic. In other preferred embodiments, the mixture in step (a) is in an acetate buffer. In a related aspect, the method comprises mixing the conjugate of an activated polyoxyalkylene and lipophilic moiety with the compound; for a time sufficient to form modified compounds, wherein the mixture is in a carbonate buffer having a pH greater than 8.5 and the compound has a free amino group. The modified compound may be isolated by reversed-phase HPLC and/or precipitation from an organic solvent.

[0022] The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one modified compound and a physiologically acceptable buffer, and in certain embodiments, further comprises an antibiotic agent, antiviral agent, an antiparasitic agent, and/or antifungal agent. The composition may be used to treat an infection, such as those caused by a microorganism (e.g., bacterium, fungus, parasite and virus).

[0023] This invention also generally provides methods for treating infections caused by a microorganism using a combination of cationic peptides and antibiotic agents. In one aspect, the method comprises administering to a patient a therapeutically effective dose of a combination of an antibiotic agent and a cationic peptide, wherein administration of an antibiotic agent alone is ineffective. Preferred peptides are provided.

[0024] In another aspect, a method of enhancing the activity of an antibiotic agent against an infection in a patient caused by a microorganism is provided, comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective dose of the antibiotic agent and a cationic peptide. In yet another aspect, a method is provided for enhancing the antibiotic activity of lysozyme or nisin, comprising administering lysozyme or nisin with a cationic peptide.

[0025] In other aspects, methods of treating an infection in a patient caused by a bacteria that is tolerant to an antibiotic agent, caused by a microorganism that is inherently resistant to an antibiotic agent; or caused by a microorganism that has acquired resistance to an antibiotic agent; comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective dose of the antibiotic agent and a cationic peptide, thereby overcoming tolerance, inherent or acquired resistance to the antibiotic agent.

[0026] In yet other related aspects, methods are provided for killing a microorganism that is tolerant, inherently resistant, or has acquired resistance to an antibiotic agent, comprising contacting the microorganism with the antibiotic agent and a cationic peptide, thereby overcoming tolerance, inherent resistance or acquired resistance to the antibiotic agent.

[0027] These and other aspects of the present invention will become evident upon reference to the following detailed description and attached drawings. In addition, various references are set forth below which describe in more detail certain procedures or compositions (e.g., plasmids, etc.), and are therefore incorporated by reference in their entirety.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0028] FIG. 1 is an SDS-PAGE showing the extraction profile of inclusion bodies (ib) from whole cells containing MBI-11 fusion protein. The fusion protein band is indicated by the arrow head. Lane 1, protein standards; lane 2, total lysate of XL1 Blue without plasmid; lane 3, total lysate of XL1 Blue (pR2h-11, pGP1-2), cultivated at 30° C.; lane 4, total lysate of XL1 Blue (pR2h-11, pGP1-2), induced at 42° C.; lane 5, insoluble fraction of inclusion bodies after Triton X100 wash; lane 6, organic extract of MBI-11 fusion protein; lane 7, concentrated material not soluble in organic extraction solvent.

[0029] FIG. 2 is an SDS-PAGE showing the expression profile of the MBI-11 fusion protein using plasmid pPDR2h-11. Lane 1, protein standards; lane 2, organic solvent extracted MBI-11; lane 3, total lysate of XL1 Blue (pPDR2h-I 11, pGP1-2), cultured at 30° C.; lane 4, total lysate of XL1 Blue (pPDR2h-11, pGP1-2), induced at 42° C.

[0030] FIGS. 3A-E presents time kill assay results for MBI 11CN, MBI 11F4CN, MBI 11B7CN, MBI 11F4CN, and MBI 26 plus vancomycin. The number of colony forming units×10−4 is plotted versus time.

[0031] FIG. 4 is a graph presenting the extent of solubility of MBI 11CN peptide in various buffers.

[0032] FIG. 5 is a reversed phase HPLC profile of MBI 11CN in formulation C1 (left graph panel) and formulation D (right graph panel).

[0033] FIG. 6 presents CD spectra of MBI 11CN and MBI 11B7CN.

[0034] FIG. 7 presents results of ANTS/DPX dye release of egg PC liposomes at various ratios of lipid to protein.

[0035] FIG. 8 presents graphs showing the activity of MBI 11B7CN against mid-log cells grown in terrific broth (TB) or Luria-Bretani broth (LB).

[0036] FIG. 9 shows results of treatment of bacteria with MBI 10CN, MBI 11CN, or a control peptide alone or in combination with valinomycin.

[0037] FIG. 10 is a graph showing treatment of bacteria with MBI 11B7CN in the presence of NaCl or Mg2+.

[0038] FIG. 11 is a graph presenting the in vitro amount of free MBI 11CN in plasma over time. Data is shown for peptide in formulation C1 and formulation D.

[0039] FIG. 12 is a graph showing the stability of MBI-11B7CN-cl in heat-inactivated rabbit serum.

[0040] FIG. 13 presents HPLC tracings showing the effects of amastatin and bestatin on peptide degradation.

[0041] FIG. 14 is a chromatogram showing extraction of peptides in rabbit plasma.

[0042] FIG. 15 is a graph presenting change in in vivo MBI 11CN levels in blood at various times after intravenous injection.

[0043] FIG. 16 is a graph presenting change in in vivo MBI 11CN levels in plasma at various times after intraperitoneal injection.

[0044] FIG. 17 is a graph showing the number of animals surviving an MSSA infection after intraperitoneal injection of MBI 10CN, ampicillin, or vehicle.

[0045] FIG. 18 is a graph showing the number of animals surviving an MSSA infection after intraperitoneal injection of MBI 11CN, ampicillin, or vehicle.

[0046] FIG. 19 is a graph showing the results of in vivo testing of MBI-11A1CN against S. aureus (Smith). Formulated peptide at various concentrations is administered by ip injection one hour after infection with S. aureus (Smith) by ip injection.

[0047] FIG. 20 is a graph showing the results of in vivo testing of MBI-11E3CN against S. aureus (Smith). Formulated peptide at various concentrations is administered by ip injection one hour after infection with S. aureus (Smith) by ip injection.

[0048] FIG. 21 is a graph showing the results of in vivo testing of: MBI-11F3CN against S. aureus (Smith). Formulated peptide at various concentrations is administered by ip injection one hour after infection with S. aureus (Smith) by ip injection.

[0049] FIG. 22 is a graph showing the results of in vivo testing of MBI-11G2CN against S. aureus (Smith). Formulated peptide at various concentrations is administered by ip injection one hour after infection with S. aureus (Smith) by ip injection.

[0050] FIG. 23 is a graph showing the results of in vivo testing of MBI-11CN against S. aureus (Smith). Formulated peptide at various concentrations is administered by ip injection one hour after infection with S. aureus (Smith) by ip injection.

[0051] FIG. 24 is a graph showing the results of in vivo testing of MBI-11B1CN against S. aureus (Smith). Formulated peptide at various concentrations is administered by ip injection one hour after infection with S. aureus (Smith) by ip injection.

[0052] FIG. 25 is a graph showing the results of in vivo testing of MBI-11B7CN against S. aureus (Smith). Formulated peptide at various concentrations is administered by ip injection one hour after infection with S. aureus (Smith) by ip injection.

[0053] FIG. 26 is a graph showing the results of in vivo testing of MBI-11B8CN against S. aureus (Smith). Formulated peptide at various concentrations is administered by ip injection one hour after infection with S. aureus (Smith) by ip injection.

[0054] FIG. 27 is a graph showing the results of in vivo testing of MBI-11G4CN against S. aureus (Smith). Formulated peptide at various concentrations is administered by ip injection one hour after infection with S. aureus (Smith) by ip injection.

[0055] FIGS. 28A and 28B display a graph showing the number of animals surviving an S. epidermidis infection after intravenous injection of MBI 10CN, gentamicin, or vehicle. Panel A, i.v. injection 15 min post-infection; panel B, i.v. injection 60 min post-infection.

[0056] FIG. 29 is a graph showing the number of animals surviving an MRSA infection mice after intravenous injection of MBI 11CN, gentamicin, or vehicle.

[0057] FIGS. 30A-30C present RP-HPLC traces analyzing samples for APS-peptide formation after treatment of activated polysorbate with a reducing agent. APS-MBI-11CN peptides are formed via lyophilization in 200 mM acetic acid-NaOH, pH 4.6, 1 mg/ml MBI 11CN, and 0.5% activated polysorbate 80. The stock solution of activated 2.0% polysorbate is treated with (a) no reducing agent, (b) 150 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, or (c) 150 mM sodium borohydride for 1 hour immediately before use.

[0058] FIG. 31 presents RP-HPLC traces monitoring the formation of APS-MBI 11CN over time in aqueous solution. The reaction occurs in 200 mM sodium carbonate buffer pH 10.0, 1 mg/ml MBI 11CN, 0.5% activated polysorbate 80. Aliquots are removed from the reaction vessel at the indicated time points and immediately analyzed by RP-HPLC.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0059] Prior to setting forth the invention, it may be helpful to an understanding thereof to set forth definitions of certain terms that are used herein.

[0060] The amino acid designations herein are set forth as either the standard one- or three-letter code. A capital letter indicates an L-form amino acid; a small letter indicates a D-form amino acid.

[0061] As used herein, an “antibiotic agent” refers to a molecule that tends to prevent, inhibit, or destroy life. The term “antimicrobial agent” refers to an antibiotic agent specifically directed to a microorganism.

[0062] As used herein, “cationic peptide” refers to a peptide that has a net positive charge within the pH range of 4-10. A cationic peptide is at least 5 amino acids in length and has at least one basic amino acid (e.g., arginine, lysine, histidine). Preferably, the peptide has measurable anti-microbial activity when administered alone.

[0063] As used herein, “indolicidin” refers to an antimicrobial cationic peptide. Indolicidins may be isolated from a variety of organisms. One indolicidin is isolated from bovine neutrophils and is a 13 amino acid peptide amidated at the carboxy-terminus in its native form (Selsted et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267:4292, 1992). An amino acid sequence of indolicidin is presented in SEQ ID NO: 1.

[0064] As used herein, a “peptide analogue”, “analogue”, or “variant” of a cationic peptide, such as indolicidin, is at least 5 amino acids in length, has at least one basic amino acid (e.g., arginine and lysine) and has anti-microbial activity. Unless otherwise indicated, a named amino acid refers to the L-form. Basic amino acids include arginine, lysine, histidine and derivatives. Hydrophobic residues include tryptophan, phenylalanine, isoleucine, leucine, valine, and derivatives.

[0065] Also included within the scope of the present invention are amino acid derivatives that have been altered by chemical means, such as methylation (e.g, α methylvaline), amidation, especially of the C-terminal amino acid by an alkylamine (e.g., ethylamine, ethanolamine, and ethylene diamine) and alteration of an amino acid side chain, such as acylation of the ε-amino group of lysine. Other amino acids that may be incorporated in the analogue include any of the D-amino acids corresponding to the 20 L-amino acids commonly found in proteins, imino amino acids, rare amino acids, such as hydroxylysine, or non-protein amino acids, such as homoserine and ornithine. A peptide analogue may have none or one or more of these derivatives, and D-amino acids. In addition, a peptide may also be synthesized as a retro-, inverto- or retro-inverto-peptide.

[0066] As used herein “inherent resistance” of a microorganism to an antibiotic agent refers to a natural resistance to the action of the agent even in the absence of prior exposure to the agent. (R. C. Moellering Jr., Principles of Anti-infective Therapy; In: Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases, 4th Edition, Eds.; G. L. Mandell, J. E. Bennett, R. Dolin. Churchill Livingstone, New York USA, 1995, page 200).

[0067] As used herein, “acquired resistance” of a microorganism to an antibiotic agent refers to a resistance that is not inhibited by the normal achievable serum concentrations of a recommended antibiotic agent based on the recommended dosage. (NCCLS guidelines).

[0068] As used herein, “tolerance” of a microorganism to an antibiotic agent refers to when there is microstatic, rather than microcidal effect of the agent. Tolerance is measured by an MBC:MIC ratio greater than or equal to 32. (Textbook of Diagnostic Microbiology, Eds., C. R. Mahon and G. Manuselis, W. B. Saunders Co., Toronto Canada, 1995, page 92).

[0069] As noted above, this invention provides methods of treating infections caused by a microorganism, methods of killing a microorganism, and methods of enhancing the activity of an antibiotic agent. In particular, these methods are especially applicable when a microorganism is resistant to an antibiotic agent, by a mechanism, such as tolerance, inherent resistance, or acquired resistance. In this invention, infections are treated by administering a therapeutically effective dose of a cationic peptide alone or in combination with an antibiotic agent to a patient with an infection. Similarly, the combination can be contacted with a microorganism to effect killing.

[0070] I. Cationic Peptides

[0071] As noted above, a cationic peptide is a peptide that has a net positive charge within the pH range 4-10. A peptide is at least 5 amino acids long and preferably not more than 25, 27, 30, 35, or 40 amino acids. Peptides from 12 to 30 residues are preferred. Examples of native cationic peptides include, but are not limited to, representative peptides presented in the following table.

TABLE 1
Cationic Peptides
				Acces-
				sion
Group Name	Peptide	Origin	Sequence	Number	Reference*
Abaecins	Abaecin	Honey bee	YVPLPNVPQPGRRPFPTFPGQGPFNPKIK	P15450	Casteels P. et al., (1990)
		(Apis mellifera)	WPQGY
Andropins	Andropin	Fruit fly	VFIDILDKVENAIHNAAQVGIGFAKPFEKL	P21663	Samakovlis, C. et al.,
		(Drosophilia	INPK		(1991)
		melanogaster)
Apidaecins	Apidaecin IA	Lymph fluid of honey bee	GNNRPVYIPQPRPPHPRI	P11525	Casteels, P. et al., (1989)
		(Apis mellifera)
	Apidaecin IB	Lymph fluid of honey bee	GNNRPVYIPQPRPPHPRL	P11526	Casteels, P. et al., (1989)
		(Apis nellifera)
	Apidaecin II	Lymph fluid of honey bee	GNNRPIYIPQPRPPHPRL	P11527	Casteels, P. et al., (1989)
		(Apis nellifera)
AS	AS-48	Streptococcus faecalis	7.4 kDa		Galvez, A., et al., (1989)
		subsp. Liquefacines S-48
Bactenecins	Bactenecin	Cytoplasmic granules of	RLCRIVVIRVCR	A33799	Romeo, D. et al., (1988)
		bovine neutrophils
Bac	Bac5	Cytoplasmic granules of	RFRPPIRRPPIRPPFYPPFRPPIRPPIFPPIRPP	B36589	Frank, R. W. et al., (1990)
		bovine neutrophils	FRPPLRFP
	Bac7	Cytoplasmic granules of	RRIRPRPPRLPRPRPRPLPFPRPGPRPIPRPL	A36589	Frank, R. W. et al., (1990)
		bovine neutrophils	PFPRPGPRPIPRPLPFPRPGPRPIPRP
Bactericidins	Bactericidin B2	Tobacco hornworm larvae	WNPFKELERAGQRVRDAVISAAPAVATV	P14662	Dickinson, L. et al., (1988)
		hemolymph	GQAAAIARG*
		(Manduca sexta)
	Bactericidin B-3	Tobacco hornworm larvae	WNPFKELERAGQRVRDAIISAGPAVATV	P14663	Dickinson, L. et al., (1988)
		hemolymph	GQAAAIARG
		(Manduca sexta)
	Bactericidin B-4	Tobacco hornworm larvae	WNPFKELERAGQRVRDAIISAAPAVATV	P14664	Dickinson, L. et al., (1988)
		hemolymph	GQAAAIARG*
		(Manduca sexta)
	Bactericidin B-	Tobacco hornworm larvae	WNPFKELERAGQRVRDAVISAAAVATVG	P14665	Dickinson, L., et al., (1988)
	5P	hemolymph	QAAAIARGG*
		(Manduca sexta)
Bacteriocins	Bacteriocin	Streptococcus mutants	4.8 kDa		Takada, K., et al., (1984)
	C3603
	Bacteriocin	Staphylococcus aureus	5 kDa		Nakamura, T., et al.,
	IY52				(1983)
Bombinins	Bombinin	Yellow-bellied toad	GIGALSAKGALKGLAKGLAZHFAN*	P01505	Csordas, A., and Michl, H.
		(Bombina variegata)			(1970)
	BLP-1	Asian Toad	GIGASILSAGKSALKGLAKGLAEHFAN*	M76483	Gibson, B. W. et al., (1991)
		(Bombina orientalis)
	BLP-2	Asian Toad	GIGSAILSAGKSALKGLAKGLAEHFAN*	B41575	Gibson, B. W. et al., (1991)
		(Bombina orientalis)
Bombolitins	Bombolitin BI	Bumblebee venom	IKITTMLAKLGKVLAHV*	P10521	Argiolas, A. and Pisano,
		(Megabombus			J. J. (1985)
		pennsylvanicus)
	Bombolitin BII	Bumblebee venom	SKITDILAKLGKVLAHV*	P07493	Argiolas, A. and Pisano,
		(Megabombus			J. J. (1985)
		pennsylvanicus)
BPTI	Bovine	Bovine Pancreas	RPDFCLEPPYTGPCKARIIRYFYNAKAGL	P00974	Creighton, T. and Charles,
	Pancreatic		CQTFVYGGCRAKRNNFKSAEDCMRTCG		I .G. (1987)
	Trypsin Inhibitor		GA
	(BPTI)
Brevinins	Brevinin-IE	European frog	FLPLLAGLAANFLPKIFCKITRKC	S33729	Simmaco, M. et al., (1993)
		(Rana esculenta)
	Brevinin-2E		GIMDTLKNLAKTAGKGALQSLLNKASCK	S33730	Simmaco, M. et al., (1993)
			LSGQC
Cecropins	Cecropin A	Silk moth	KWKLFKKIEKVGQNIRDGIIKAGPAVAVV	M63845	Gudmundsson, G. H. et al.,
		(Hyalophora cecropia)	GQATQIAK*		(1991)
	Cecropin B	Silk moth	KWKVFKKIEKMGRNIRNGIVKAGPAIAV	Z07404	Xanthopoulos, G. et al.
		(Hyalophora cecropia)	LGEAKAL*		(1988)
	Cecropin C	Fruit fly	GWLKKLGKRIERIGQHTRDATIQGLGIAQ	Z11167	Tryselius, Y. et al. (1992)
		(Drosophila	QAANVAATARG*
		melanogaster)
	Cecropin D	Silk moth pupae	WNPFKELEKVGQRVRDAVISAGPAVATV	P01510	Hultmark, D. et al., (1982)
		(Hyalophora cecropia)	AQATALAK*
	Cecropin P1	Pig small intestine	SWLSKTAKKLENSAKKRISEGIAIAIQGGP	P14661	Lee, J. Y. et al., (1989)
		(sus scrofa)	R
Charybdtoxins	Charybdtoxin	Scorpion venom (Leiurus	ZFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKC	P13487	Schweitz, H. et al., (1989)
		quin-questriatus	MNKKCRCYS
		hebraeus)
Coleoptericins	Coleoptericin	Beetle	8.1 kDa	A41711	Bulet, P. et al., (1991)
		(Zophobas atratus)
Crabolins	Crabolin	European hornet venom	FLPLILRKIVTAL*	A01781	Argiolas, A. and Pisano,
		(Vespa crabo)			J. J. (1984)
Defensins-	Cryptdin 1	Mouse intestine	LRDLVCYCRSRGCKGRERMNGTCRKGH	A43279	Selsted, M. E. et al., (1992)
alpha		(Mus musculus)	LLYTLCCR
	Cryptdin 2	Mouse intestine	LRDLVCYCRTRGCKRRERMNGTCRKGH	C43279	Selsted, M. E. et al., (1992)
		(Mus musculus)	LMYTLCCR
	MCP1	Rabbit alveolar	VVCACRRALCLPRERRAGFCRIRGRIHPL	M28883	Selsted, M. et al., (1983)
		macrophages	CCRR
		(Oryctolagus cuniculus)
	MCP2	Rabbit alveolar	VVCACRRALCLPLERRAGFCRIRGRIHPL	M28073	Ganz, T. et al., (1989)
		macrophages	CCRR
		(Oryctolagus cuniculus)
	GNCP-1	Guinea pig	RRCICTTRTCRFPYRRLGTCIFQNRVYTFC	S21169	Yamashita, T. and Saito,
		(Cavia cutteri)	C		K., (1989)
	GNCP-2	Guinea pig	RRCICTTRTCRFPYRRLGTCLFQNRVYTF	X63676	Yamashita, T. and Saito,
		(Cavia cutteri)	CC		K., (1989)
	HNP-1	Azurophil granules of	ACYCRIPACIAGERRYGTCIYQGRLWAFC	P11479	Lehrer, R. et al., (1991)
		human neutrophils	C
	HNP-2	Azurophil granules of	CYCRIPACIAGERRYGTCIYQGRLWAFCC	P11479	Lehrer, R. et al., (1991)
		human neutrophils
	NP-1	Rabbit neutrophils	VVCACRRALCLPRERRAGFCRIRGRIHPL	P01376	Ganz, T. et al., (1989)
		(Oryctolagus cuniculus)	CCRR
	NP-2	Rabbit neutrophils	VVCACRRALCLPLERRAGFCRIRGRIHPL	P01377	Ganz, T. et al., (1989)
		(Oryctolagus cuniculus)	CCRR
	RatNP-1	Rat neutrophils	VTCYCRRTRCGFRERLSGACGYRGRIYRL	A60113	Eisenhauer, P. B. et al.,
		(Rattus norvegicus)	CCR		(1989)
	RatNP-2	Rabbit neutrophils	VTCYCRSTRCGFRERLSGACGYRGRIYRL		Eisenhauer, P. B. et al.,
		(Oryctolagus cuniculus)	CCR		(1989)
Defensins-	BNBD-1	Bovine neutrophils	DFASCHTNGGICLPNRCPGHMIQIGICFRP	127951	Selsted, M. E. et at., (1993)
beta			RVKCCRSW
	BNBD-2	Bovine neutrophils	VRNHVTCRINRGFCVPIRCPGRTRQIGTCF	127952	Selsted, M. E., et al.,
			GPRIKCCRSW		(1993)
	TAP	Bovine tracheal mucosa	NPVSCVRNKGICVPIRCPGSMKQIGTCVG	P25068	Diamond, G. et al., (1991)
		(Bos taurus)	RAVKCCRKK
Defensins-	Sapecin	Flesh fly	ATCDLLSGTGINHSACAAHCLLRGNRGG	J04053	Hanzawa, H. et al., (1990)
insect		(Sacrophaga peregrina)	YCNGKAVCVCRN
	Insect defensin	Dragonfly larvae	GFGCPLDQMQCHRHCQTITGRSGGYCSG	P80154	Bulet, P. et al., (1992)
		(Aeschna cyanea)	PLKLTCTCYR
Defensins-	Scorpion	Scorpion	GFGCPLNQGACHRHCRSIRRRGGYCAGF		Cociancich, S. et al.,
scorpion	defensin	(Leiurus quinquestriatus)	FKQTCTCYRN		(1993)
Dermaseptins	Dermaseptin	South American arboreal	ALWKTMLKKLGTMALHAGKAALGAAD	P24302	Mor, A., et al., (1991)
		frog	TISQTQ
		(Phyllomedusa sauvagii)
Diptericins	Diptericin	Nesting-suckling blowfly	9 kDa	X15851	Reichhardt, J. M. et al.,
		(Phormia terranovae)			(1989)
Drosocins	Drosocin	Fruit fly	GKPRPYSPRPTSHPRPIRV	S35984	Bulet, P. et al., (1993)
		(Drosophila
		melanogaster)
Esculentins	Esculentin	European frog	GIFSKLGRKKIKNLLISGLKNVGKEVGMD	S33731	Simmaco, M. et al., (1993)
		(Rana esculenta)	VVRTGIDIAGCKIKGEC
Indolicidins	Indolicidin	Bovine neutrophils	ILPWKWPWWPWRR*	A42387	Selsted, M. et al., (1992)
Lactoferricins	Lactoferricin B	N terminal region of	FKCRRWQWRMKKLGAPSITCVRRAF	M63502	Bellamy, W. et al., (1992b)
		bovine lactoferrin
Lantibiotics	Nisin	Lactococcus lactis	ITSISLCTPGCKTGALMGCNMKTATCHCS	P13068	Hurst, A. (1981)
		subsp. Lactis (bacterium)	IHVSK
	Pep 5	Staphylococcus	TAGPAIRASVKQCQKTLKATRLFTVSCKG	P19578	Keletta, C. et al., (1989)
		epidermidis	KNGCK
	Subtilin	Bacillus subtilis	MSKFDDFDLDVVKVSKQDSKITPQWKSE	P10946	Banerjec, S. and Hansen,
		(bacterium)	SLCTPGCVTGALQTCFLQTLTCNCKISK		J. N. (1988)
Leukocins	Leukocin	Leuconostoc gelidum	KYYGNGVHCTKSGCSVNWGEAFSAGVH	S65611	Hastings, J. W. et al.,
	A-val 187	UAL 187	RLANGGNGFW		(1991)
		(bacterium)
Magainins	Magainin I	Amphibian skin	GIGKFLHSAGKFGKAFVGEIMKS*	A29771	Zasloff, M. (1987)
		(Xenopus laevis)
	Magainin II	Amphibian skin	GIGKFLHSAKKFGKAFVGEIMNS*	A29771	Zasloff, M. (1987)
		(Xenopus laevis)
	PGLa	Amphibian skin	GMASKAGAIAGKIAKVALKAL*	X13388	Kuchler, K. et al., (1989)
		(Xenopus laevis)
	PGQ	Amphibian stomach	GVLSNVIGYLKKLGTGALNAVLKQ		Moore, K. S. et al., (1989)
		(Xenopus laevis)
	XPF	Amphibian skin	GWASKIGQTLGKIAKVGLKELIQPK	P07198	Sures, I. And Crippa, M.
		(Xenopus laevis)			(1984)
Mastoparans	Mastoparan	Wasp venom	INLKALAALAKKIL*	P01514	Bernheimer, A. and Rudy,
		(Vespula lewisii)			B. (1986)
Melittins	Melittin	Bee venom	GIGAVLKVLTTGLPALISWIKRKRQQ	P01504	Tosteson, M. T. and
		(Apis mellifera)			Tosteson, D. C. (1984)
Phormicins	Phormicin A	Nestling-suckling blowfly	ATCDLLSGTGINHSACAAHCLLRGNRGG	P10891	Lambert, J. et al., (1989)
		(Phormia terranovae)	YCNGKGVCVCRN
	Phormicin B	Nestling-suckling blowfly	ATCDLLSGTGINHSACAAHCLLRGNRGG	P10891	Lambert, J. et al., (1989)
		(Phormia terranovae)	YCNRKGVCVRN
Polyphemusins	Polyphemusin I	Atlantic horseshoe crab	RRWCFRVCYRGFCYRKCR*	P14215	Miyata, T. et al., (1989)
		(Limulus polyphemus)
	Polyphemusin II	Atlantic horseshoe crab	RRWCFRVCYKGFCYRKCR*	P14216	Miyata, T. et al., (1989)
		(Limulus polyphemus)
Protegrins	Protegrin I	Porcine leukocytes	RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR	S34585	Kokryakov, V. N. et al.,
		(sus scrofa)			(1993)
	Protegrin II	Porcine leukocytes	RGGRLCYCRRRFCICV	S34586	Kikryakov, V. N. et al.,
		(sus scrofa)			(1993)
	Protegrin III	Porcine leukocytes	RGGGLCYCRRRFCVCVGR	S34587	Kokryakov, V. N. et al.,
		(sus scrofal)			(1993)
Royalisins	Royalisin	Royal Jelly	VTCDLLSFKGQVNDSACAANCLSLGKAG	P17722	Fujiwara, S. et al., (1990)
		(Apis mellifera)	GHCEKGVCICRKTSFKDLWDKYF
Sarcotoxins	Sarcotoxin IA	Flesh fly	GWLKKIGKKIERVGQHTRDATIQGLGIAQ	P08375	Okada, M. and Natori S.,
		(Sacrophaga peregrina)	QAANVAATAR*		(1985b)
	Sarcotoxin IB	Flesh fly	GWLKKIGKKIERVGQHTRDATIQVIGVA	P08376	Okada, M. and Natori S.,
		(Sacrophaga peregrina)	QQAANVAATAR*		(1985b)
Seminal	Seminalplasmin	Bovine seminal plasma	SDEKASPDKHHRFSLSRYAKLANRLANP	S08184	Reddy, E. S. P. and
plasmins		(Bos taurus)	KLLETFLSKWIGDRGNRSV		Bhargava, P. M. (1979)
Tachyplesins	Tachyplesin I	Horseshoe crab	KWCFRVCYRGICYRRCR*	P23684	Nakamura, T. et al., (1988)
		(Tachypleus tridentatus)
	Tachyplesin II	Horshoe crab	RWCFRVCYRGICYRKCR*	P14214	Muta, T. et al., (1990)
Thionins	Thionin	Barley leaf	KSCCKDTLARNCYNTCRFAGGSRPVCAG	S00825	Bohlmann, H. et al., (1988)
	BTH6	(Hordeum vulgare)	ACRCKIISGPKCPSDYPK
Toxins	Toxin 1	Waglers pit viper venom	GGKPDLRPCIIPPCHYIPRPKPR	P24335	Schmidt, J. J. et al., (1992)
		(Trimeresurus wagleri)
	Toxin 2	Sahara scorpion	VKDGYIVDDVNCTYFCGRNAYCNEECTK	P01484	Bontems, F., et al., (1991)
		(Androclonus australis	LKGESGYCQWASPYGNACYCKLPDHVR
		Hector)	TKGPGRCH
Argiolas and Pisano, (1984). JBC 259, 10106; Argiolas and Pisano, (1985). JBC 260, 1437; Banerjec and Hansen, (1988). JBC 263, 9508; Bellamy et al., (1992). J. Appl. Bacter. 73, 472; Bernheimer and Rudy, (1986). BBA 864, 123; Bohlmann et al., (1988). EMBO J. 7, 1559; Bontems et al., (1991). Science 254, 1521; Bulet et al., (1991). JBC 266, 24520; Bulet et al. (1992). Eur. J. Biochem. 209, 977; Bulet et al., (1993). JBC 268, 14893; Casteels et al., (1989). EMBO J. 8, 2387; Casteels et al., (1990).
# Eur. J. Biochem. 187, 381; Cociancich et al., (1993). BBRC 194, 17; Creighton and Charles, (1987). J. Mol. Biol. 194, 11; Csordas and Michl, (1970). Monatsh Chemistry 101, 182; Diamond et al., (1991). PNAS 88, 3952; Dickinson et al., (1988). JBC 263, 19424; Eisenhauer et al., (1989). Infect, and Imm. 57, 2021; Frank et al., (1990). JBC 265, 18871; Fujiwara et al., (1990). JBC 265, 11333; Gálvez et al., (1989). Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 33, 437; Ganz et al., (1989). J. Immunol. 143,
# 1358; Gibson et al., (1991). JBC 266, 23103; Gudmundsson et al., (1991). JBC 266, 11510; Hanzawa et al., (1990). FEBS Letters 269, 413; Hastings et al., (1991). J. of Bacteriology 173, 7491; Hultmark et al., (1982). Eur. J. Biochem. 127, 207; Hurst, A. (1981). Adv. Appl. Micro. 27, 85; Kaletta et al., (1989). Archives of Microbiology 152, 16; Kokryakov et al., (1993). FEBS Letters 327, 231; Kuchler et al., (1989) Eur. J. Biochem. 179, 281; Lambert et al., (1989). PNAS 86, 262; Lee et al., (1989).
# PNAS 86, 9159; Lehrer et al., (1991). Cell 64, 229; Miyata et al., (1989) J. of Biochem. 106, 663; Moore et al., (1991). JBC 266, 19851; Mor et al., (1991). Biochemistry 30, 8824; Muta et al., (1990). J. Biochem. 108, 261; Nakamura et al., (1988). JBC 263, 16709; Nakamura et al., (1983). Infection and Immunity 39, 609; Okada and Natori (1985). Biochem. J. 229, 453; Reddy and Bhargava, (1979). Nature 279, 725; Reichhart et al., (1989). Eur. J. Biochem. 182, 423; Romeo et al., (1988). JBC 263, 9573;
# Samakovlis et al., (1991), EMBO J. 10, 163; Schmidt et al., (1992). Toxicon 30, 1027; Schweitz et al., (1989). Biochem. 28, 9708; Selsted et al., (1983). JBC 258, 14485; Selsted et al., (1992). JBC 267, 4292; Simmaco et al., (1993). FEBS Letters 324, 159; Sures and Crippa (1984). PNAS 81, 380; Takada et al., (1984). Infect. and Imm. 44, 370; Tosteson and Tosteson, (1984). Biophysical J. 45, 112; Tryselius et al., (1992). Eur. J. Biochem. 204, 395; Xanthopoulos et al., (1988). Eur. J. Biochem. 172, 371;
# Yamashita and Saito, (1989). Infect. and Imm. 57, 2405; Zasloff, M. (1987). PNAS 84, 5449.

[0072] In addition to the peptides listed above, chimeras and analogues of these peptides are useful within the context of the present invention. For this invention, analogues of native cationic peptides must retain a net positive charge, but may contain D-amino acids, amino acid derivatives, insertions, deletions, and the like, some of which are discussed below. Chimeras include fusions of cationic peptide, such as the peptides of fragments thereof listed above, and fusions of cationic peptides with non-cationic peptides.

[0073] As described herein, modification of any of the residues including the N- or C-terminus is within the scope of the invention. A preferred modification of the C-terminus is amidation. Other modifications of the C-terminus include esterification and lactone formation. N-terminal modifications include acetylation, acylation, alkylation, PEGylation, myristylation, and the like. Additionally, the peptide may be modified to form an polymer-modified peptide as described below. The peptides may also be labeled, such as with a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a mass spectrometry tag, biotin and the like.

[0074] Unless otherwise indicated, a named amino acid refers to the L-form. Basic amino acids include arginine, lysine, histidine, and derivatives. Hydrophobic residues include tryptophan, phenylalanine, isoleucine, leucine, valine, and derivatives. The peptide may contain derivatives of amino acids that have been altered by chemical means, such as methylation (e.g, α-methylvaline), amidation, especially of the C-terminal amino acid by an alkylamine (e.g., ethylamine, ethanolamine, and ethylene diamine) and alteration of an amino acid side chain, such as acylation of the ε-amino group of lysine. Other amino acids that may be incorporated include any of the D-amino acids corresponding to the 20 L-amino acids commonly found in proteins, rare amino acids, such as hydroxylysine, or non-protein amino acids, such as homoserine and ornithine. A peptide may have none or one or more of these derivatives, and may contain D-amino acids (specified as a lower case letter when using the 1-letter code). Furthermore, modification of the N- or C-terminus is within the scope of the invention. A preferred modification of the C-terminus is amidation. Other modifications of the C-terminus include ester additions. N-terminal modifications include acetylation, myristlyation, and the like.

[0075] A. Indolicidin and Analogues

[0076] As noted above, the present invention provides cationic peptides, including indolicidin and indolicidin analogues. Analogues include peptides that have one or more insertions, deletions, modified amino acids, D-amino acids and the like. These analogues may be synthesized by chemical methods, especially using an automated peptide synthesizer, or produced by recombinant methods. The choice of an amino acid sequence is guided by a general formula presented herein.

[0077] The indolicidin analogues of the present invention are at least 5 or 7 amino acids in length and preferably not more than 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, or 35 amino acids. Analogues from 9 to 14 residues are preferred. General formulas for peptide analogues in the scope of the present invention may be set forth as:

RXZXXZXB   (1)

BXZXXZXB   (2)

BBBXZXXZXB   (3)

BXZXXZXBBBn(AA)nMILBBAGS   (4)

BXZXXZXBB(AA)nM   (5)

LBBnXZnXXZnXRK   (6)

LKnXZXXZXRRK   (7)

BBXZXXZXBBB   (8)

BBXZXXZXBBB   (9)

BXXBZBXBXZB   (10)

[0078] wherein standard single letter amino abbreviations are used and; Z is proline, glycine or a hydrophobic residue, and preferably Z is proline or valine; X is a hydrophobic residue, such as tryptophan, phenylalanine, isoleucine, leucine and valine, and preferably tryptophan; B is a basic amino acid, preferably arginine or lysine; AA is any amino acid, and n is 0 or 1. In formula (2), at least one Z is valine; in formula (8), at least two Xs are phenylalanine; and in formula (9), at least two Xs are tyrosine. Additional residues may be present at the N-terminus, C-terminus, or both.

[0079] B. Cecropin peptides Cecropins are cationic peptides that have antimicrobial activity against both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. Cecropins have been isolated from both invertebrates (e.g., insect hemolymph) as well as vertebrates (e.g. pig intestines). Generally, these peptides are 35 to 39 residues. An exemplary cecropin has the sequence KWKLFKKIEKVGQNIRDGIIKAGPAVAVVGQATQIAK (SEQ ID No. ______). Some additional cecropin sequences are presented in Table 1. Within the context of this invention, cecropins include analogues that have one or more insertions, deletions, modified amino acids, D-amino acids and the like.

[0080] C. Melittin peptides

[0081] Melittin is a cationic peptide found in bee venom. An amino acid sequence of an exemplary melittin peptide is GIGAVLKVLTTGLPALISWIKRKKRQQ (SEQ ID No. ______). Like the cecropins, melittin exhibits antimicrobial activity against both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. Within the context of this invention, melittin includes analogues that have one or more insertions, deletions, modified amino acids, D-amino acids and the like.

[0082] D. Cecropin-melittin chimeric peptides

[0083] As noted herein, cationic peptides include fusion peptides of native cationic peptides and analogues of fusion peptides. In particular, fusions of cecropin and melittin are provided. An exemplary fusion has the sequence: cecropin A (residues 1-8)/melittin (residues 1-18). Other fusion peptides useful within the context of this invention are described by the general formulas below.

K

W

K

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

R1

R2

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

V

L

T

T

G

L

P

A

L

I

S

K

W

K

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

R1

R2

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

V

V

T

T

A

K

P

L

I

S

S

K

W

K

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

R1

R2

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

I

L

T

T

G

L

P

A

L

I

S

K

W

K

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

R1

R2

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

G

G

L

L

S

N

I

V

T

S

L

K

W

K

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

R1

R2

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

G

P

I

L

A

N

L

V

S

I

V

K

K

W

W

R

R

R1

R1

R2

R1

R1

R2

R2

G

P

A

L

S

N

V

K

K

W

W

R

R

X

K

K

W

W

K

X

[0084] wherein R1 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, R2 is a hydrophilic amino acid residue, and X is from about 14 to 24 amino acid residues.

[0085] E. Drosocin and analogues

[0086] As noted herein, cationic peptides include drosocin and drosocin analogues. Drosocins are isolated from Drosophila melanogaster. An exemplary drosocin is a 19 amino acid peptide having the sequence: GKPRPYSPRPTSHPRPIRV (SEQ ID No. ______; GenBank Accession No. S35984). Analogues of drosocin include peptides that have insertions, deletions, modified amino acids, D-amino acids and the like.

[0087] F. Peptide synthesis

[0088] Peptides may be synthesized by standard chemical methods, including synthesis by automated procedure. In general, peptide analogues are synthesized based on the standard solid-phase Fmoc protection strategy with HATU as the coupling agent. The peptide is cleaved from the solid-phase resin with trifluoroacetic acid containing appropriate scavengers, which also deprotects side chain functional groups. Crude peptide is further purified using preparative reversed-phase chromatography. Other purification methods, such as partition chromatography, gel filtration, gel electrophoresis, or ion-exchange chromatography may be used.

[0089] Other synthesis techniques, known in the art, such as the tBoc protection strategy, or use of different coupling reagents or the like can be employed to produce equivalent peptides.

[0090] Peptides may be synthesized as a linear molecule or as branched molecules. Branched peptides typically contain a core peptide that provides a number of attachment points for additional peptides. Lysine is most commonly used for the core peptide because it has one carboxyl functional group and two (alpha and epsilon) amine functional groups. Other diamino acids can also be used. Preferably, either two or three levels of geometrically branched lysines are used; these cores form a tetrameric and octameric core structure, respectively (Tam, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5409, 1988). Schematically, examples of these cores are represented as shown: 1

[0091] The attachment points for the peptides are typically at their carboxyl functional group to either the alpha or epsilon amine groups of the lysines. To synthesize these multimeric peptides, the solid phase resin is derivatized with the core matrix, and subsequent synthesis and cleavage from the resin follows standard procedures. The multimeric peptides may be used within the context of this invention as for any of the linear peptides and are preferred for use in generating antibodies to the peptides.

[0092] G. Recombinant production of peptides

[0093] Peptides may alternatively be synthesized by recombinant production (see e.g, U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,866). A variety of host systems are suitable for production of the peptide analogues, including bacteria (e.g., E. coli), yeast (e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae), insect (e.g., Sf9), and mammalian cells (e.g., CHO, COS-7). Many expression vectors have been developed and are available for each of these hosts. Generally, bacteria cells and vectors that are functional in bacteria are used in this invention. However, at times, it may be preferable to have vectors that are functional in other hosts. Vectors and procedures for cloning and expression in E. coli are discussed herein and, for example, in Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1987) and in Ausubel et al. (Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Co., 1995).

[0094] A DNA sequence encoding a cationic peptide is introduced into an expression vector appropriate for the host. In preferred embodiments, the gene is cloned into a vector to create a fusion protein. The fusion partner is chosen to contain an anionic region, such that a bacterial host is protected from the toxic effect of the peptide. This protective region effectively neutralizes the antimicrobial effects of the peptide and also may prevent peptide degradation by host proteases. The fusion partner (carrier protein) of the invention may further function to transport the fusion peptide to inclusion bodies, the periplasm, the outer membrane, or the extracellular environment. Carrier proteins suitable in the context of this invention specifically include, but are not limited to, glutathione-S-transferase (GST), protein A from Staphylococcus aureus, two synthetic IgG-binding domains (ZZ) of protein A, outer membrane protein F, β-galactosidase (lacZ), and various products of bacteriophage λ and bacteriophage T7. From the teachings provided herein, it is apparent that other proteins may be used as carriers. Furthermore, the entire carrier protein need not be used, as long as the protective anionic region is present. To facilitate isolation of the peptide sequence, amino acids susceptible to chemical cleavage (e.g., CNBr) or enzymatic cleavage (e.g., V8 protease, trypsin) are used to bridge the peptide and fusion partner. For expression in E. coli, the fusion partner is preferably a normal intracellular protein that directs expression toward inclusion body formation. In such a case, following cleavage to release the final product, there is no requirement for renaturation of the peptide. In the present invention, the DNA cassette, comprising fusion partner and peptide gene, may be inserted into an expression vector, which can be a plasmid, virus or other vehicle known in the art. Preferably, the expression vector is a plasmid that contains an inducible or constitutive promoter to facilitate the efficient transcription of the inserted DNA sequence in the host. Transformation of the host cell with the recombinant DNA may be carried out by Ca++-mediated techniques, by electroporation, or other methods well known to those skilled in the art.

[0095] Briefly, a DNA fragment encoding a peptide is derived from an existing cDNA or genomic clone or synthesized. A convenient method is amplification of the gene from a single-stranded template. The template is generally the product of an automated oligonucleotide synthesis. Amplification primers are derived from the 5′ and 3′ ends of the template and typically incorporate restriction sites chosen with regard to the cloning site of the vector. If necessary, translational initiation and termination codons can be engineered into the primer sequences. The sequence encoding the protein may be codon-optimized for expression in the particular host. Thus, for example, if the analogue fusion protein is expressed in bacteria, codons are optimized for bacterial usage. Codon optimization is accomplished by automated synthesis of the entire gene or gene region, ligation of multiple oligonucleotides, mutagenesis of the native sequence, or other techniques known to those in the art.

[0096] At minimum, the expression vector should contain a promoter sequence. However, other regulatory sequences may also be included. Such sequences include an enhancer, ribosome binding site, transcription termination signal sequence, secretion signal sequence, origin of replication, selectable marker, and the like. The regulatory sequences are operationally associated with one another to allow transcription and subsequent translation. In preferred aspects, the plasmids used herein for expression include a promoter designed for expression of the proteins in bacteria. Suitable promoters, including both constitutive and inducible promoters, are widely available and are well known in the art. Commonly used promoters for expression in bacteria include promoters from T7, T3, T5, and SP6 phages, and the trp, lpp, and lac operons. Hybrid promoters (see. U.S. Pat. No. 4,551,433), such as tac and trc, may also be used.

[0097] Within a preferred embodiment, the vector is capable of replication in bacterial cells. Thus, the vector may contain a bacterial origin of replication. Preferred bacterial origins of replication include f1-ori and col E1 ori, especially the ori derived from pUC plasmids. Low copy number vectors (e.g., pPD 100) may also be used, especially when the product is deleterious to the host.

[0098] The plasmids also preferably include at least one selectable marker that is functional in the host. A selectable marker gene confers a phenotype on the host that allows transformed cells to be identified and/or selectively grown. Suitable selectable marker genes for bacterial hosts include the chloroamphenicol resistance gene (Cmr), ampicillin resistance gene (Ampr), tetracycline resistance gene (Tcr) kanamycin resistance gene (Kanr), and others known in the art. To function in selection, some markers may require a complementary deficiency in the host.

[0099] In some aspects, the sequence of nucleotides encoding the peptide also encodes a secretion signal, such that the resulting peptide is synthesized as a precursor protein, which is subsequently processed and secreted. The resulting secreted protein may be recovered from the periplasmic space or the fermentation medium. Sequences of secretion signals suitable for use are widely available and are well known (von Heijne, J. Mol. Biol. 184:99-105, 1985).

[0100] The vector may also contain a gene coding for a repressor protein, which is capable of repressing the transcription of a promoter that contains a repressor binding site. Altering the physiological conditions of the cell can depress the promoter. For example, a molecule may be added that competitively binds the repressor, or the temperature of the growth media may be altered. Repressor proteins include, but are not limited to the E. coli lacI repressor (responsive to induction by IPTG), the temperature sensitive λcI857 repressor, and the like.

[0101] Examples of plasmids for expression in bacteria include the pET expression vectors pET3a, pET 11a, pET 12a-c, and pET 15b (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,952,496; available from Novagen, Madison, Wis.). Low copy number vectors (e.g., pPD100) can be used for efficient overproduction of peptides deleterious to the E. coli host (Dersch et al., FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 123: 19, 1994).

[0102] Bacterial hosts for the T7 expression vectors may contain chromosomal copies of DNA encoding T7 RNA polymerase operably linked to an inducible promoter (e.g., lacUV promoter; see, U.S. Pat. No. 4,952,496), such as found in the E. coli strains HMS174(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysS, HMS174(DE3) and BL21(DE3). T7 RNA polymerase can also be present on plasmids compatible with the T7 expression vector. The polymerase may be under control of a lambda promoter and repressor (e.g., pGP1-2; Tabor and Richardson, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82: 1074, 1985).

[0103] The peptide product is isolated by standard techniques, such as affinity, size exclusion, or ionic exchange chromatography, HPLC and the like. An isolated peptide should preferably show a major band by Coomassie blue stain of SDS-PAGE that is at least 90% of the material.

[0104] H. Generation of analogues by amplification-based semi-random mutagenesis

[0105] Cationic peptide analogues can be generated using an amplification (e.g., PCR)-based procedure in which primers are designed to target sequences at the 5′ and 3′ ends of an encoded parent peptide, for example indolicidin. Amplification conditions are chosen to facilitate misincorporation of nucleotides by the thermostable polymerase during synthesis. Thus, random mutations are introduced in the original sequence, some of which result in amino acid alteration(s). Amplification products may be cloned into a coat protein of a phage vector, such as a phagemid vector, packaged and amplified in an acceptable host to produce a display library.

[0106] These libraries can then be assayed for antibiotic activity of the peptides. Briefly, bacteria infected with the library are plated, grown, and overlaid with agarose containing a bacterial strain that the phage are unable to infect. Zones of growth inhibition in the agarose overlay are observed in the area of phage expressing an analogue with anti-bacterial activity. These inhibiting phage are isolated and the cloned peptide sequence determined by DNA sequence analysis. The peptide can then be independently synthesized and its antibiotic activity further investigated.

[0107] 5. Antibodies to cationic peptides

[0108] Antibodies may be generated to a specific peptide analogue using multiple antigenic peptides (MAPs) that contain approximately eight copies of the peptide linked to a small non-immunogenic peptidyl core to form an immunogen. (See, in general, Harlow and Lane, supra.) Alternatively, the target peptide can be conjugated to bovine serum albumin (BSA), ovalbumin or another suitable conjugate. The MAP or peptide conjugate is injected subcutaneously into rabbits or into mice or other rodents, where they may have sufficiently long half-lives to facilitate antibody production. After twelve weeks blood samples are taken, serum is separated and tested in an ELISA assay against the original peptide, with a positive result indicating the presence of antibodies specific to the target peptide. This serum can then be stored and used in ELISA assays to specifically measure the amount of the specific analogue. Alternatively, other standard methods of antibody production may be employed, for example generation of monoclonal antibodies.

[0109] Within the context of the present invention, antibodies are understood to include monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, anti-idiotypic antibodies, antibody fragments (e.g., Fab, and F(ab′)2, Fv variable regions, or complementarity determining regions). Antibodies are generally accepted as specific against indolicidin analogues if they bind with a Kd of greater than or equal to 10−7 M, preferably greater than of equal to 10−8 M. The affinity of a monoclonal antibody or binding partner can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art (see Scatchard, Ann. N.Y Acad. Sci. 51:660-672, 1949). Once suitable antibodies have been obtained, they may be isolated or purified by many techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.

[0110] Monoclonal antibodies may also be readily generated from hybridoma cell lines using conventional techniques (see U.S. Pat. Nos. RE 32,011, 4,902,614, 4,543,439, and 4,411,993; see also Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988). Briefly, within one embodiment, a subject animal such as a rat or mouse is injected with peptide, generally administered as an emulsion in an adjuvant such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant in order to increase the immune response. The animal is generally boosted at least once prior to harvest of spleen and/or lymph nodes and immortalization of those cells. Various immortalization techniques, such as mediated by Epstein-Barr virus or fusion to produce a hybridoma, may be used. In a preferred embodiment, immortalization occurs by fusion with a suitable myeloma cell line to create a hybridoma that secretes monoclonal antibody. Suitable myeloma lines include, for example, NS-1 (ATCC No. TIB 18), and P3X63 - Ag 8.653 (ATCC No. CRL 1580). The preferred fusion partners do not express endogenous antibody genes. After about seven days, the hybridomas may be screened for the presence of antibodies that are reactive against a telomerase protein. A wide variety of assays may be utilized (see Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988).

[0111] Other techniques may also be utilized to construct monoclonal antibodies (see Huse et al., Science 246:1275-1281, 1989; Sastry et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:5728-5732, 1989; Alting-Mees et al., Strategies in Molecular Biology 3:1-9, 1990; describing recombinant techniques). These techniques include cloning heavy and light chain immunoglobulin cDNA in suitable vectors, such as λImmunoZap(H) and λImmunoZap(L). These recombinants may be screened individually or co-expressed to form Fab fragments or antibodies (see Huse et al., supra; Sastry et al., supra). Positive plaques may subsequently be converted to a non-lytic plasmid that allows high level expression of monoclonal antibody fragments from E. coli.

[0112] Similarly, portions or fragments, such as Fab and Fv fragments, of antibodies may also be constructed utilizing conventional enzymatic digestion or recombinant DNA techniques to yield isolated variable regions of an antibody. Within one embodiment, the genes which encode the variable region from a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody of interest are amplified using nucleotide primers for the variable region. In addition, techniques may be utilized to change a “murine” antibody to a “human” antibody, without altering the binding specificity of the antibody.

[0113] II. Testing

[0114] Cationic peptides of the present invention are assessed either alone or in combination with an antibiotic agent or another analogue for their potential as antibiotic therapeutic agents using a series of assays. Preferably, all peptides are initially assessed in vitro, the most promising candidates are selected for further assessment in vivo, and then candidates are selected for pre-clinical studies. The in vitro assays include measurement of antibiotic activity, toxicity, solubility, pharmacology, secondary structure, liposome permeabilization and the like. In vivo assays include assessment of efficacy in animal models, antigenicity, toxicity, and the like. In general, in vitro assays are initially performed, followed by in vivo assays.

[0115] Generally, cationic peptides are initially tested for (1) anti-microbial activity in vitro; (2) in vitro toxicity to normal mammalian cells; and (3) in vivo toxicity in an animal model. Peptides that have some anti-microbial activity are preferred, although such activity may not be necessary for enhancing the activity of an antibiotic agent. Also, for in vivo use, peptides should preferably demonstrate acceptable toxicity profiles, as measured by standard procedures. Lower toxicity is preferred. Additional assays may be performed to demonstrate that the peptide is not immunogenic and to examine antimicrobial activity in vivo.

[0116] A. In vitro assays

[0117] Cationic peptides, including indolicidin analogues, are assayed by, for example, an agarose dilution MIC assay, a broth dilution, time-kill assay, or equivalent methods. Antibiotic activity is measured as inhibition of growth or killing of a microorganism (e.g., bacteria, fungi).

[0118] Briefly, a candidate peptide in Mueller Hinton broth supplemented with calcium and magnesium is mixed with molten agarose. Other broths and agars may be used as long as the peptide can freely diffuse through the medium. The agarose is poured into petri dishes or wells, allowed to solidify, and a test strain is applied to the agarose plate. The test strain is chosen, in part, on the intended application of the peptide. Thus, by way of example, if an indolicidin analogue with activity against S. aureus is desired, an S. aureus strain is used. It may be desirable to assay the analogue on several strains and/or on clinical isolates of the test species. Plates are incubated overnight and inspected visually for bacterial growth. A minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) of a cationic peptide is the lowest concentration of peptide that completely inhibits growth of the organism. Peptides that exhibit good activity against the test strain, or group of strains, typically having an MIC of less than or equal to 16 μg/ml are selected for further testing.

[0119] Alternatively, time kill curves can be used to determine the differences in colony counts over a set time period, typically 24 hours. Briefly, a suspension of organisms of known concentration is prepared and a candidate peptide is added. Aliquots of the suspension are removed at set times, diluted, plated on medium, incubated, and counted. MIC is measured as the lowest concentration of peptide that completely inhibits growth of the organism. In general, lower MIC values are preferred.

[0120] Candidate cationic peptides may be further tested for their toxicity to normal mammalian cells. An exemplary assay is a red blood cell (RBC) (erythrocyte) hemolysis assay. Briefly, in this assay, red blood cells are isolated from whole blood, typically by centrifugation, and washed free of plasma components. A 5% (v/v) suspension of erythrocytes in isotonic saline is incubated with different concentrations of peptide analogue. Generally, the peptide will be in a suitable formulation buffer. After incubation for approximately 1 hour at 37° C., the cells are centrifuged, and the absorbance of the supernatant at 540 nm is determined. A relative measure of lysis is determined by comparison to absorbance after complete lysis of erythrocytes using NH4Cl or equivalent (establishing a 100% value). A peptide with <10% lysis at 100 μg/ml is suitable. Preferably, there is <5% lysis at 100 μg/ml. Such peptides that are not lytic, or are only moderately lytic, are desirable and suitable for further screening. Other in vitro toxicity assays, for example measurement of toxicity towards cultured mammalian cells, may be used to assess in vitro toxicity.

[0121] Solubility of the peptide in formulation buffer is an additional parameter that may be examined. Several different assays may be used, such as appearance in buffer. Briefly, peptide is suspended in solution, such as broth or formulation buffer. The appearance is evaluated according to a scale that ranges from (a) clear, no precipitate, (b) light, diffuse precipitate, to (c) cloudy, heavy precipitate. Finer gradations may be used. In general, less precipitate is more desirable. However, some precipitate may be acceptable.

[0122] Additional in vitro assays may be carried out to assess the potential of the peptide as a therapeutic. Such assays include peptide solubility in formulations, pharmacology in blood or plasma, serum protein binding, analysis of secondary structure, for example by circular dichroism, liposome permeabilization, and bacterial inner membrane permeabilization. In general, it is desirable that analogues are soluble and perform better than the parent peptide (e.g., indolicidin).

[0123] B. In vivo assays

[0124] Peptides, including peptide analogues, selected on the basis of the results from the in vitro assays can be tested in vivo for efficacy, toxicity and the like.

[0125] The antibiotic activity of selected peptides may be assessed in vivo for their ability to ameliorate microbial infections using animal models. A variety of methods and animal models are available. Within these assays, a peptide is useful as a therapeutic if inhibition of microorganismal growth compared to inhibition with vehicle alone is statistically significant. This measurement can be made directly from cultures isolated from body fluids or sites, or indirectly, by assessing survival rates of infected animals. For assessment of antibacterial activity several animal models are available, such as acute infection models including those in which (a) normal mice receive a lethal dose of microorganisms, (b) neutropenic mice receive a lethal dose of microorganisms or (c) rabbits receive an inoculum in the heart, and chronic infection models. The model selected will depend in part on the intended clinical indication of the analogue.

[0126] By way of example, in a normal mouse model, mice are inoculated ip or iv with a lethal dose of bacteria. Typically, the dose is such that 90-100% of animals die within 2 days. The choice of a microorganismal strain for this assay depends, in part, upon the intended application of the analogue, and in the accompanying examples, assays are carried out with three different Staphylococcus strains. Briefly, shortly before or after inoculation (generally within 60 minutes), analogue in a suitable formulation buffer is injected. Multiple injections of analogue may be administered. Animals are observed for up to 8 days post-infection and the survival of animals is recorded. Successful treatment either rescues animals from death or delays death to a statistically significant level, as compared with non-treatment control animals. Analogues that show better efficacy than indolicidin itself are preferred.

[0127] In vivo toxicity of a peptide is measured through administration of a range of doses to animals, typically mice, by a route defined in part by the intended clinical use. The survival of the animals is recorded and LD50, LD90-100, and maximum tolerated dose (MTD) can be calculated to enable comparison of analogues. Indolicidin analogues less toxic than indolicidin are preferred.

[0128] Furthermore, for in vivo use, low immunogenicity is preferred. To measure immunogenicity, peptides are injected into normal animals, generally rabbits. At various times after a single or multiple injections, serum is obtained and tested for antibody reactivity to the peptide analogue. Antibodies to peptides may be identified by ELISA, immunoprecipitation assays, Western blots, and other methods. (see, Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988). No or minimal antibody reactivity is preferred. Additionally, pharmacokinetics of the analogues in animals and histopathology of animals treated with analogues may be determined.

[0129] Selection of cationic peptides as potential therapeutics is based on in vitro and in vivo assay results. In general, peptides that exhibit low toxicity at high dose levels and high efficacy at low dose levels are preferred candidates.

[0130] III. Antibiotic Agents

[0131] An antibiotic agent includes any molecule that tends to prevent, inhibit or destroy life and as such, includes anti-bacterial agents, anti-fungicides, anti-viral agents, and anti-parasitic agents. These agents may be isolated from an organism that produces the agent or procured from a commercial source (e.g., pharmaceutical company, such as Eli Lilly, Indianapolis, Ind.; Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.).

[0132] Anti-bacterial antibiotic agents include, but are not limited to, penicillins, cephalosporins, carbacephems, cephamycins, carbapenems, monobactams, aminoglycosides, glycopeptides, quinolones, tetracyclines, macrolides, and fluoroquinolones (see Table below). Examples of antibiotic agents include, but are not limited to, Penicillin G (CAS Registry No.: 61-33-6); Methicillin (CAS Registry No.: 61-32-5); Nafcillin (CAS Registry No.: 147-52-4); Oxacillin (CAS Registry No.: 66-79-5); Cloxacillin (CAS Registry No.: 61-72-3); Dicloxacillin (CAS Registry No.: 3116-76-5); Ampicillin (CAS Registry No.: 69-53-4); Amoxicillin (CAS Registry No.: 26787-78-0); Ticarcillin (CAS Registry No.: 34787-01-4); Carbenicillin (CAS Registry No.: 4697-36-3); Mezlocillin (CAS Registry No.: 51481-65-3); Azlocillin (CAS Registry No.: 37091-66-0); Piperacillin (CAS Registry No.: 61477-96-1); Imipenem (CAS Registry No.: 74431-23-5); Aztreonam (CAS Registry No.: 78110-38-0); Cephalothin (CAS Registry No.: 153-61-7); Cefazolin (CAS Registry No.: 25953-19-9); Cefaclor (CAS Registry No.: 70356-03-5); Cefamandole formate sodium (CAS Registry No.: 42540-40-9); Cefoxitin (CAS Registry No.: 35607-66-0); Cefuroxime (CAS Registry No.: 55268-75-2); Cefonicid (CAS Registry No.: 61270-58-4); Cefmetazole (CAS Registry No.: 56796-20-4); Cefotetan (CAS Registry No.: 69712-56-7); Cefprozil (CAS Registry No.: 92665-29-7); Loracarbef (CAS Registry No.: 121961-22-6); Cefetamet (CAS Registry No.: 65052-63-3); Cefoperazone (CAS Registry No.: 62893-19-0); Cefotaxime (CAS Registry No.: 63527-52-6); Ceftizoxime (CAS Registry No.: 68401-81-0); Ceftriaxone (CAS Registry No.: 73384-59-5); Ceftazidime (CAS Registry No.: 72558-82-8); Cefepime (CAS Registry No.: 88040-23-7); Cefixime (CAS Registry No.: 79350-37-1); Cefpodoxime (CAS Registry No.: 80210-62-4); Cefsulodin (CAS Registry No.: 62587-73-9); Fleroxacin (CAS Registry No.: 79660-72-3); Nalidixic acid (CAS Registry No.: 389-08-2); Norfloxacin (CAS Registry No.: 70458-96-7); Ciprofloxacin (CAS Registry No.: 85721-33-1); Ofloxacin (CAS Registry No.: 82419-36-1); Enoxacin (CAS Registry No.: 74011-58-8); Lomefloxacin (CAS Registry No.: 98079-51-7); Cinoxacin (CAS Registry No.: 28657-80-9); Doxycycline (CAS Registry No.: 564-25-0); Minocycline (CAS Registry No.: 10118-90-8); Tetracycline (CAS Registry No.: 60-54-8); Amikacin (CAS Registry No.: 37517-28-5); Gentamicin (CAS Registry No.: 1403-66-3); Kanamycin (CAS Registry No.: 8063-07-8); Netilmicin (CAS Registry No.: 56391-56-1); Tobramycin (CAS Registry No.: 32986-56-4); Streptomycin (CAS Registry No.: 57-92-1); Azithromycin (CAS Registry No.: 83905-01-5); Clarithromycin (CAS Registry No.: 81103-11-9); Erythromycin (CAS Registry No.: 114-07-8); Erythromycin estolate (CAS Registry No.: 3521-62-8); Erythromycin ethyl succinate (CAS Registry No.: 41342-53-4); Erythromycin glucoheptonate (CAS Registry No.: 23067-13-2); Erythromycin lactobionate (CAS Registry No.: 3847-29-8); Erythromycin stearate (CAS Registry No.: 643-22-1); Vancomycin (CAS Registry No.: 1404-90-6); Teicoplanin (CAS Registry No.: 61036-64-4); Chloramphenicol (CAS Registry No.: 56-75-7); Clindamycin (CAS Registry No.: 18323-44-9); Trimethoprim (CAS Registry No.: 738-70-5); Sulfamethoxazole (CAS Registry No.: 723-46-6); Nitrofurantoin (CAS Registry No.: 67-20-9); Rifampin (CAS Registry No.: 13292-46-1); Mupirocin (CAS Registry No.: 12650-69-0); Metronidazole (CAS Registry No.: 443-48-1); Cephalexin (CAS Registry No.: 15686-71-2); Roxithromycin (CAS Registry No.: 80214-83-1); Co-amoxiclavuanate; combinations of Piperacillin and Tazobactam; and their various salts, acids, bases, and other derivatives.

[0133] A table presenting categories of antibiotics, their mode of action, and examples of antibiotics is shown below.

TABLE 2
Class of Antibiotic	Antibiotic	Mode of Action
PENICILLINS		Blocks the formation of new
		cell walls in bacteria
Natural	Penicillin G, Benzylpenicillin
	Penicillin V, Phenoxymethylpenicillin
Penicillinase resistant	Methicillin, Nafcillin, Oxacillin
	Cloxacillin, Dicloxacillin
Acylamino-penicillins	Ampicillin, Amoxicillin
Carboxy-penicillins	Ticarcillin, Carbenicillin
Ureido-penicillins	Mezlocillin, Azlocillin, Piperacillin
CARBAPENEMS	Imipenem, Meropenem	Blocks the formation of new
		cell walls in bacteria
MONOBACTAMS	Aztreonam	Blocks the formation of new
		cell walls in bacteria
CEPHALOSPORINS		Prevents formation of new
		cell walls in bacteria
1st Generation	Cephalothin, Cefazolin
2nd Generation	Cefaclor, Cefamandole
	Cefuroxime, Cefonicid,
	Cefmetazole, Cefotetan, Cefprozil
3rd Generation	Cefetamet, Cefoperazone
	Cefotaxime, Ceftizoxime
	Ceftriaxone, Ceftazidime
	Cefixime, Cefpodoxime, Cefsulodin
4th Generation	Cefepime
CARBACEPHEMS	Loracarbef	Prevents formation of new
		cell walls in bacteria
CEPHAMYCINS	Cefoxitin	Prevents formation of new
		cell walls in bacteria
QUINOLONES	Fleroxacin, Nalidixic Acid	Inhibits bacterial DNA
	Norfloxacin, Ciprofloxacin	synthesis
	Ofloxacin, Enoxacin
	Lomefloxacin, Cinoxacin
TETRACYCLINES	Doxycycline, Minocycline,	Inhibits bacterial protein
	Tetracycline	synthesis, binds to 30S
		ribosome subunit.
AMINOGLYCOSIDES	Amikacin, Gentamicin, Kanamycin,	Inhibits bacterial protein
	Netilmicin, Tobramycin,	synthesis, binds to 30S
	Streptomycin	ribosome subunit.
MACROLIDES	Azithromycin, Clarithromycin,	Inhibits bacterial protein
	Erythromycin	synthesis, binds to 50S
		ribosome subunit
Derivatives of	Erythromycin estolate, Erythromycin
Erythromycin	stearate
	Erythromycin ethylsuccinate
	Erythromycin gluceptate
	Erythromycin lactobionate
GLYCOPEPTIDES	Vancomycin, Teicoplanin	Inhibits cell wall synthesis,
		prevents peptidoglycan
		elongation.
MISCELLANEOUS	Chloramphenicol	Inhibits bacterial protein
		synthesis, binds to 50S
		ribosome subunit.
	Clindamycin	Inhibits bacterial protein
		synthesis, binds to 50S
		ribosome subunit.
	Trimethoprim	Inhibits the enzyme
		dihydrofolate reductase,
		which activates folic acid.
	Sulfamethoxazole	Acts as antimetabolite of
		PABA & inhibits synthesis of
		folic acid
	Nitrofurantoin	Action unknown, but is
		concentrated in urine where it
		can act on urinary tract
		bacteria
	Rifampin	Inhibits bacterial RNA
		polymerase
	Mupirocin	Inhibits bacterial protein
		synthesis

[0134] Anti-fungal agents include, but are not limited to, terbinafine hydrochloride, nystatin, amphotericin B, griseofulvin, ketoconazole, miconazole nitrate, flucytosine, fluconazole, itraconazole, clotrimazole, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, and selenium sulfide.

[0135] Anti-viral agents include, but are not limited to, amantadine hydrochloride, rimantadin, acyclovir, famciclovir, foscarnet, ganciclovir sodium, idoxuridine, ribavirin, sorivudine, trifluridine, valacyclovir, vidarabin, didanosine, stavudine, zalcitabine, zidovudine, interferon alpha, and edoxudine.

[0136] Anti-parasitic agents include, but are not limited to, pirethrins/piperonyl butoxide, permethrin, iodoquinol, metronidazole, diethylcarbamazine citrate, piperazine, pyrantel pamoate, mebendazole, thiabendazole, praziquantel, albendazole, proguanil, quinidine gluconate injection, quinine sulfate, chloroquine phosphate, mefloquine hydrochloride, primaquine phosphate, atovaquone, co-trimoxazole (sulfamethoxazole/trimethoprim), and pentamidine isethionate.

[0137] IV. Enhanced Activity of Combinations of Cationic Peptides and Antibiotic Agents

[0138] Enhanced activity occurs when a combination of peptide and antibiotic agent potentiates activity beyond the individual effects of the peptide or antibiotic agent alone or additive effects of peptide plus antibiotic agent. Enhanced activity is especially desirable in at least four scenarios: (1) the microorganism is sensitive to the antibiotic agent, but the dosage has associated problems; (2) the microorganism is tolerant to the antibiotic agent, and is inhibited from growing but is not killed; (3) the microorganism is inherently resistant to the antibiotic agent; and (4) the microorganism has acquired resistance to the antibiotic agent. Enhanced efficacy resulting from administration of the antibiotic agent in combination with a cationic peptide in the above scenarios: (1) allows for administration of lower dosages or antibiotic agent and cationic peptide; (2) restores a cytocidal effect; (3) overcomes inherent resistance; and (4) overcomes acquired resistance.

[0139] A. Enhancement of antibiotic agent or cationic peptide activity

[0140] A synergistic combination of cationic peptide and antibiotic agent may permit a reduction in the dosage of one or both agents in order to achieve a similar therapeutic effect. This would allow smaller doses to be used, thus, decreasing the incidence of toxicity (e.g., from aminoglycosides) and lowering costs of expensive antibiotics (e.g., vancomycin). Concurrent or sequential administration of peptide and antibiotic agent is expected to provide more effective treatment of infections caused by micro-organisms (bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites). In particular, this could be achieved by using doses that the peptide or antibiotic agent alone would not achieve therapeutic success. Alternatively, the antibiotic agent and peptide can be administered at therapeutic doses for each, but wherein the combination of the two agents provides even more potent effects.

[0141] As used herein, “synergy” refers to the in vitro effect of administration of a combination of a cationic peptide and antibiotic agent such that (I) the fractional inhibitory concentration (FIC) is less than or equal to 0.5 in an FIC assay described herein; or (2) there is at least a 100-fold (21og10) increase in killing at 24 hours for the combination as compared with the antibiotic agent alone in a time kill curve assay as described herein.

[0142] Such synergy is conveniently measured in an in vitro assay, such as kinetic kill studies or a fractional inhibitory concentration (FIC) assay as determined by agarose or broth dilution assay. The agarose dilution assay is preferred.

[0143] Briefly, in the dilution assay, a checkerboard array of cationic peptides and antibiotic agents titrated in doubling dilutions are inoculated with a microbial (e.g., bacterial) isolate. The FIC is determined by observing the impact of one antibiotic agent on the MIC (“minimal inhibitory concentration”) of the cationic peptide and vice versa. FIC is calculated by the following formula: 1$\mathrm{FIC}=\frac{\mathrm{MIC}\left(\mathrm{peptide}\mathrm{in}\mathrm{combination}\right)}{\mathrm{MIC}\left(\mathrm{peptide}\mathrm{alone}\right)}+\frac{\mathrm{MIC}\left(\mathrm{antibiotic}\mathrm{in}\mathrm{combination}\right)}{\mathrm{MIC}\left(\mathrm{antibiotic}\mathrm{alone}\right)}$

[0144] An FIC of ≦0.5 is evidence of synergy. An additive response has an FIC value of >0.5 and less than or equal to 1, while an indifferent response has an FIC value of >1 and ≦2. Although a synergistic effect is preferred, an additive effect may still indicate that the combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide are therapeutically useful.

[0145] B. Overcoming tolerance

[0146] Tolerance is associated with a defect in bacterial cellular autolytic enzymes such that an antibacterial agent demonstrates bacteriostatic rather than bactericidal activity (Mahon and Manuselis, Textbook of Diagnostic Microbiology, W. B. Saunders Co., Toronto, Canada, p. 92, 1995). For antibiotic agents that have only bacteriostatic activity, the administration of cationic peptides in combination with antibiotic agents can restore bactericidal activity. Alternatively, the addition of a peptide to an antibiotic agent may increase the rate of a bactericidal effect of an antibiotic.

[0147] Bactericidal effects of antibiotics can be measured in vitro by a variety of assays. Typically, the assay is a measurement of MBC (“minimal bactericidal concentration”), which is an extension of the MIC determination. The agarose dilution assay is adapted to provide both MBC and MIC for an antimicrobial agent alone and the agent in combination with a cationic peptide. Alternatively, kinetic time-kill (or growth) curves can be used to determine MIC and MBC.

[0148] Briefly, following determination of MIC, MBC is determined from the assay plates by swabbing the inocula on plates containing antibiotic agent in concentrations at and above the MIC, resuspending the swab in saline or medium, and plating an aliquot on agarose plates. If the number of colonies on these agarose plates is less than 0.1% of the initial inoculum (as determined by a plate count immediately after inoculation of the MIC test plates), then ≧99.9% killing has occurred. The MBC end point is defined as the lowest concentration of the antimicrobial agent that kills 99.9% of the test bacteria.

[0149] Thus, tolerance of a microorganism to an antimicrobial agent is indicated when the number of colonies growing on subculture plates exceeds the 0.1% cutoff for several successive concentrations above the observed MIC. A combination of antimicrobial agent and cationic peptide that breaks tolerance results in a decrease in the MBC:MIC ratio to <32.

[0150] C. Overcoming inherent resistance

[0151] The combination of a cationic peptide with an antibiotic agent, for which a microorganism is inherently resistant (i.e., the antibiotic has never been shown to be therapeutically effective against the organism in question), is used to overcome the resistance and confer susceptibility of the microorganism to the agent. Overcoming inherent resistance is especially useful for infections where the causative organism is becoming or has become resistant to most, if not all, of the currently prescribed antibiotics. Additionally, administering a combination therapy provides more options when toxicity of an antibiotic agent and/or price are a consideration.

[0152] Overcoming resistance can be conveniently measured in vitro. Resistance is overcome when the MIC for a particular antibiotic agent against a particular microorganism is decreased from the resistant range to the sensitive range (according to the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards (NCCLS)) (see also, Moellering, in Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases, 4th edition, Mandell et al., eds. Churchill Livingstone, NY, 1995). NCCLS standards are based on microbiological data in relation to pharmacokinetic data and clinical studies. Resistance is determined when the organism causing the infection is not inhibited by the normal achievable serum concentrations of the antibiotic agent based on recommended dosage. Susceptibility is determined when the organism responds to therapy with the antibiotic agent used at the recommended dosage for the type of infection and microorganism.

[0153] D. Overcoming acquired resistance

[0154] Acquired resistance in a microorganism that was previously sensitive to an antibiotic agent is generally due to mutational events in chromosomal DNA, acquisition of a resistance factor carried via plasmids or phage, or transposition of a resistance gene or genes from a plasmid or phage to chromosomal DNA.

[0155] When a microorganism acquires resistance to an antibiotic, the combination of a peptide and antibiotic agent can restore activity of the antibiotic agent by overcoming the resistance mechanism of the organism. This is particularly useful for organisms that are difficult to treat or where current therapy is costly or toxic. The ability to use a less expensive or less toxic antibiotic agent, which had been effective in the past, is an improvement for certain current therapies. The re-introduction of an antibiotic agent would enable previous clinical studies and prescription data to be used in its evaluation. Activity is measured in vitro by MICs or kinetic kill curves and in vivo using animal and human clinical trials.

[0156] E. Enhancement of effect of lysozyme and nisin

[0157] The combination of cationic peptides and lysozyme or nisin may improve their antibacterial effectiveness and allow use in situations in which the single agent is inactive or inappropriate.

[0158] Lysozymes disrupt certain bacteria by cleaving the glycosidic bond between N-acetylglucosamine and N-acetylmuramic acid in the polysaccharide component of bacterial cell walls. However, lysozyme exhibits only weak antibacterial activity with a narrow spectrum of activity. The addition of cationic peptide may improve the effectiveness of this activity and broaden the spectrum of activity.

[0159] Nisins are 34-residue peptide lantibiotics with primarily anti-Gram-positive bacterial activity. Nisin is used in the food processing industry as a preservative, especially for cheese, canned fruits and vegetables. Nisin forms transient potential-dependent pores in the bacterial cytoplasmic membranes but also exhibits weak antibacterial activity with a narrow spectrum of activity. The addition of cationic peptide may improve the effectiveness of nisin and broaden the spectrum of activity.

[0160] F. In vivo assays

[0161] In vivo testing involves the use of animal models of infection. Typically, but not exclusively, mice are used. The test organism is chosen according to the intended combination of cationic peptide and antibiotic to be evaluated. Generally, the test organism is injected intraperitoneally (IP) or intravenously (IV) at 10 to 100 times the fifty percent lethal dose (LD50). The LD50 is calculated using a method described by Reed and Muench (Reed L J and Muench H. The American Journal of Hygiene, 27:493-7.). The antibiotic agent and the cationic peptide are injected IP, IV, or subcutaneously (SC) individually as well as in combination to different groups of mice. The antimicrobial agents may be given in one or multiple doses. Animals are observed for 5 to 7 days. Other models of infection may also be used according to the clinical indication for the combination of antibiotic agents.

[0162] The number of mice in each group that survive the infectious insult is determined after 5 to 7 days. In addition, when bacteria are the test organisms, bacterial colony counts from blood, peritoneal lavage fluid, fluid from other body sites, and/or tissue from different body sites taken at various time intervals can be used to assess efficacy. Samples are serially diluted in isotonic saline and incubated for 20-24 hours, at 37° C., on a suitable growth medium for the bacterium.

[0163] Synergy between the cationic peptide and the antibiotic agent is assessed using a model of infection as described above. For a determination of synergy, one or more of the following should occur. The combination group should show greater survival rates compared to the groups treated with only one agent; the combination group and the antibiotic agent group have equivalent survival rates with the combination group receiving a lower concentration of antibiotic agent; the combination group has equivalent or better survival compared to an antibiotic agent group with a lower microorganismal load at various time points.

[0164] Overcoming tolerance can be demonstrated by lower bacterial colony counts at various time points in the combination group over the antibiotic agent group. This may also result in better survival rates for the combination group.

[0165] Similar animal models to those described above can be used to establish when inherent or acquired resistance is overcome. The microorganism strain used is, by definition, resistant to the antibiotic agent and so the survival rate in the antibiotic agent group will be close, if not equal, to zero percent. Thus, overcoming the inherent resistance of the microorganism to the antibiotic agent is demonstrated by increased survival of the combination group. Testing for reversing acquired resistance may be performed in a similar manner.

[0166] V. Combinations of Peptides and Antibiotic Agents

[0167] As discussed herein, cationic peptides are administered in combination with antibiotic agents. The combination enhances the activity of the antibiotic agents. Such combinations may be used to effect a synergistic result, overcome tolerance, overcome inherent resistance, or overcome acquired resistance of the microorganism to the antibiotic agent.

[0168] To achieve a synergistic effect, a combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide is administered to a patient or administered in such a manner as to contact the microorganism. Any combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide may result in a synergistic effect and, thus, is useful within the context of this invention.

[0169] In particular, certain microorganisms are preferred targets. In conjunction with these microorganisms, certain commonly used antibiotic agents are preferred to be enhanced. The table below sets out these microorganisms, antibiotic agents, and cationic peptide combinations that are preferred.

TABLE 3
	ANTIMICROBIAL
BACTERIAL SPECIES	AGENTS	PEPTIDE
A. baumannii	Gentamicin	MBI 21A2
B. cepacia	Ceftriaxone	MBI 11 J02CN
E. cloacae	Ciprofloxacin	MBI 29A2
E. faecalis	Amikacin	MBI 11B16CN
E. faecium	Vancomycin	MBI 29
P. aeruginosa	Mupirocin	MBI 28
P. aeruginosa	Tobramycin	MBI 11G13CN
S marcescens	Piperacillin	MBI 11G7CN
S. aureus	Piperacillin	MBI 11CN
S. maltophilia	Tobramycin	REWH 53A5CN
MYCOSES	ANTIFUNGAL AGENTS	PEPTIDE
Candida species	Fluconazole	MBI 28
Cryptococcus	Fluconazole	MBI 29A3
Aspergillus species	Itraconazole	MBI 26
VIRUSES	ANTIVIRAL AGENTS	PEPTIDE
Herpes simplex virus	Acyclovir	MBI 11A2C N
Influenza A	virus Amantadine-	MBI 21A1
	rimantadine
	ANTIPARASITIC
PARASITES	AGENTS	PEPTIDE
Trichomonas vaginalis	Metronidazole	MBI 29
Plasmodium falciparum	Chloroquine	MBI 11D18CN

[0170] To overcome tolerance, a combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide is administered to a patient or administered in such a manner as to contact the microorganism. Any combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide that overcomes tolerance is useful within the context of this invention. In particular, certain microorganisms, which exhibit tolerance to specific antibiotic agents are preferred targets. The table below sets out these microorganisms, antibiotic agents, and cationic peptide combinations that are preferred.

TABLE 4
	ANTIMICROBIAL
BACTERIAL SPECIES	AGENTS	PEPTIDE
Enterococcus species	Ampicillin (Amino-	MBI 21A10
	penicillins) Piperacillin
	(Penicillins,
	antipseudomonal)
Enterococcus species	Gentamicin	MBI 29
	(Aminoglycosides)
Enterococcus species	Vancomycin, Teicoplanin	MBI 26
	(glycopeptides)
Streptococcus pneumoniae	Penicillins	MBI 29A3
Salmonella typhi	Chloramphenicol	MBI 11A1CN
Campylobacter jejuni	Erythromycin (Macrolides)	MBI 11B4CN

[0171] To overcome inherent resistance, a combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide is administered to a patient or administered in such a manner as to contact the microorganism. Any combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide that overcomes resistance is useful within the context of this invention. In particular, certain microorganisms, which exhibit inherent resistance to specific antibiotic agents are preferred targets. The table below sets out these microorganisms, antibiotic agents, and cationic peptide combinations that are preferred.

TABLE 5
	ANTIMICROBIAL
BACTERIAL SPECIES	AGENTS	PEPTIDE
Methicillin-resistant S. aureus	Amikacin	MBI 29F1
S. maltophilia	Gentamicin	MBI 11D18CN
S. maltophilia	Gentamicin	MBI 26
S. maltophilia	Tobramycin	MBI 29A3
Methicillin-resistant S. aureus	Tobramycin	MBI 21A1
E. coli	Mupirocin	MBI 21A1
S. maltophilia	Amikacin	MBI 11B16CN
S. maltophilia	Amikacin	MBI 26
B. cepacia	Amikacin	MBI 29A3
Methicillin resistant S. aureus	Gentamicin	MBI 11D18CN
	ANTIFUNGAL
MYCOSES	AGENTS	PEPTIDE
Aspergillosis	Fluconazole	MBI 11D18CN
Candida species	Griseofulvin	MBI 29

[0172] To overcome acquired resistance, a combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide is administered to a patient or administered in such a manner as to contact the microorganism. Any combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide that overcomes resistance is useful within the context of this invention. In particular, certain microorganisms, which exhibit acquired resistance to specific antibiotic agents are preferred targets. The table below sets out these microorganisms, antibiotic agents, and cationic peptide combinations that are preferred.

TABLE 6
BACTERIA	ANTIMICROBIAL AGENT	PEPTIDE
Enterococcus spp.	Vancomycin	MBI 26
P. aeruginosa	Ceftriaxone	MBI 26
S. aureus	Ciprofloxacin	MBI 29A2
E. cloacae	Piperacillin	MBI 11F4CN
P. aeruginosa	Tobramycin	MBI 21A1
P. aeruginosa	Ciprofloxacin	MBI 29A2
P. aeruginosa	Gentamicin	MBI 11B16CN
S. epidermidis	Gentamicin	MBI 11D18CN
Acinetobacter spp.	Tobramycin	MBI 11F3CN
Enterococcus spp.	Vancomycin	MBI 11A1CN
MYCOSES	ANTIFUNGAL AGENTS	PEPTIDE
Candida species	Fluconazole	MBI 11CN
Cryptococcus	Fluconazole	MBI 11A1CN
VIRUSES	ANTIVIRAL AGENTS	PEPTIDE
Herpes simplex virus	Acyclovir	MBI 29
Respiratory Syncytial	Ribavirin	MBI 26
Virus (RSV)
Influenza A virus	Amantadine-rimantadine	MBI 26
PARASITES	ANTIPARASITIC AGENTS	PEPTIDE
Trichomonas vaginalis	Metronidazole	MBI 29
Pneumocystis carinii	Cotrimoxazole	MBI 29A3
Plasmodium falciparum	Chloroquine	MBI 26

[0173] Additional preferred combinations for indolicidin analogues are listed below:

ANTIBIOTIC    PEPTIDE
Ciprofloxacin MBI 11A1CN
Vancomycin    MBI 11A1CN
Piperacillin  MBI 11B9CN
Gentamicin    MBI 11B16CN
Piperacillin  MBI 11D18CN
Tobramycin    MBI 11D18CN
Vancomycin    MBI 11D18CN
Piperacillin  MBI 11E3CN
Tobramycin    MBI 11F3CN
Piperacillin  MBI 11F4CN

[0174] VI. Polymer Modification of Peptides and Proteins

[0175] As noted herein, the present invention provides methods and compositions for modifying a compound with a free amine group. The amine group may be part of the native structure of the compound or added by a chemical method. Thus, peptides, proteins, and antibiotics and the like can be modified with an activated polyoxyalkylene and derivatives. When the compounds are peptides or proteins, the modified or derivatized forms are referred to herein as “APO-modified peptides” or “APO-modified proteins”. Similarly, modified forms of antibiotics are referred to as “APO-modified antibiotics.” APO-modified compounds (e.g., APO-cationic peptides) generally exhibit improved pharmacological properties.

[0176] A. Characteristics of an activated polyoxyalkylene reagent

[0177] As discussed herein, a suitable reagent for formation of APO-modified compounds (e.g., peptides and proteins) comprises a hydrophobic region and a hydrophilic region, and optionally a linker. The hydrophobic region is a lipophilic compound with a suitable functional group for conjugation to the hydrophilic region or linker. The hydrophilic region is a polyoxyalkylene. As used herein, “polyoxyalkylene” refers to 2 or 3 carbon polyoxyalkylene polymers. The polymer chain is of a length 2 units or greater. Two carbon polyoxyalkylenes include polyoxyethylene and its derivatives, polyethylene glycol (PEG) of various molecular weights, and its derivatives, such as polysorbate. Three carbon polyoxyalkylenes include polyoxypropylene and derivatives and polypropylene glycol and its derivatives. Derivatives include alkyl- and aryl-polyoxyethylene compounds.

[0178] The hydrophobic region is a lipophilic moiety, generally a fatty acid, but may be a fatty alcohol, fatty thiol, hydrocarbons (such as 4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-cyclohexyl), aryl compounds (such as 4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-phenyl) and the like, which are also lipophilic compounds. The fatty acid may be saturated or unsaturated. The chain length does not appear to be important, although typically commercially available fatty acids are used and have chain lengths of C12-18. The length may be limited however by solubility or solidity of the compound, that is longer lengths of fatty acids are solid at room temperature. Fatty acids of 12 carbons (lauryl), 14 carbons, 16 carbons (palmitate), and 18 carbons (monostearate or oleate) are preferred chain lengths.

[0179] The hydrophilic region is a polyoxyalkylene, such as polyethylene, polypropylene glycol monoether (for example Triton X114), and polysorbate. For polysorbate, the ether function is formed by the linkage between the polyoxyethylene chain, preferably having a chain length of from 2 to 100 monomeric units, and the sorbitan group. Polymethylene glycol is unsuitable for administration in animals due to formation of formaldehydes, and glycols with a chain length of ≧4 may be insoluble. Mixed polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene chains are also suitable.

[0180] A linker for bridging the hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions is not required, but if used, should be able to bridge both a polyoxyalkylene and the hydrophobic region. Suitable linkers include sorbitan, sugar alcohols, ethanolamine, ethanolthiol, 2-mercaptoethanol, 1,6-diaminohexane, an amino acid (e.g., glutamine, lysine), other reduced sugars, and the like. For example, sorbitan forms an ester linkage with the fatty acid in a polysorbate.

[0181] Suitable compounds include polyoxyethylenesorbitans, such as the monolaurate, monooleate, monopalmitate, monostearate, trioleate, and tristearate esters. These and other suitable compounds may be synthesized by standard chemical methods or obtained commercially (e.g., Sigma Chemical Co., MO; Aldrich Chemical Co., WI; J. B. Baker, NJ).

[0182] B. Activation of reagent

[0183] The reagent is activated by exposure to UV light with free exchange of air or by chemical treatment with ammonium persulfate, or a combination of these methods.

[0184] Photoactivation is achieved using a lamp that irradiates at 254 nm or 302 nm. Preferably, the output is centered at 254 nm. Longer wave lengths may require longer activation time. While some evidence exists that fluorescent room light can activate the polysorbates, experiments have shown that use of UV light at 254 nm yields maximal activation before room light yields a detectable level of activation.

[0185] Air plays an important role in the activation of the polysorbates. Access to air doubles the rate of activation relative to activations performed in sealed containers. A shallow reaction chamber with a large surface area would facilitate oxygen exchange. It is not yet known which gas is responsible; an oxygen derivative is likely, although peroxides are not involved. UV exposure of compounds with ether linkages is known to generate peroxides, which can be detected and quantified using peroxide test strips. In a reaction, hydrogen peroxide at 1 to 10 fold higher level than found in UV-activated material was added to a polysorbate solution in the absence of light. No activation was obtained.

[0186] The reagent is placed in a suitable vessel for irradiation. Studies with 2% polysorbate 80 indicate that 254 nm light at 1800 μW/cm2 is completely absorbed by the solution at a depth of 3-4 cm. Thus, the activation rate can be maximized by irradiating a relatively thin layer.

[0187] As such, a consideration for the vessel is the ability to achieve uniform irradiation. As noted above, a large shallow reaction chamber is desirable, however, it may be difficult to achieve on a large scale. To compensate, simple stirring that facilitates the replenishment of air in the solution achieves an equivalent result. Thus, if the pathlength is long or the reaction chamber is not shallow, the reagent may be mixed or agitated. The reagent can be activated in any aqueous solution and buffering is not required.

[0188] An exemplary activation takes place in a cuvette with a 1 cm liquid thickness. The reagent is irradiated at a distance of less than 9 cm at 1500 μW/cm2 (initial source output) for approximately 24 hours. Under these conditions, the activated reagent converts a minimum of 85% of the peptide to APO-peptide.

[0189] As noted above, the polyoxyalkylenes can be activated via chemical oxidation with ammonium persulfate. The activation is rapid and the extent of activation increases with the concentration of ammonium persulfate. Ammonium persulfate can be used in a range from about 0.01% -0.5%, and most preferably from 0.025 to 0.1%. If the levels of ammonium persulfate are too high, the peroxide byproducts can have an adverse effect on the compounds being modified. This adverse effect can be diminished by treatment of activated polyoxyalkylenes with mercaptoethanol, or another mild reducing agent, which does not inhibit the formation of APO-therapeutics. Peroxides generated from UV treatment can also be reduced by treatment with mercaptoethanol. Furthermore, as noted above, the UV procedure can be performed in conjunction with chemical activation.

[0190] C. Modification of peptides or proteins with activated reagent

[0191] The therapeutics are reacted with the APO reagent in either a liquid or solid phase and become modified by the attachment of the APO derivative. The methods described herein for attachment offer the advantage of maintaining the charge on the therapeutic, such as a peptide or protein. When the charge of the peptide is critical to its function, such as the antibiotic activity of cationic peptides described herein, these attachment methods offer additional advantages. Methods that attach groups via acylation result in the loss of positive charge via conversion of amino to amido groups. In addition, no bulky or potentially antigenic linker, such as a triazine group, is known to be introduced by the methods described herein.

[0192] As noted above, APO-therapeutic formation occurs in solid phase or in aqueous solution. By way of example, briefly, in the solid phase method, a peptide or other therapeutic is suspended in a suitable buffer, such as an acetate buffer. Other suitable buffers that support APO-therapeutic formation may also be used. The acetate buffer may be sodium, potassium, lithium, and the like. Other acetate solutions, such as HAc or HAc-NaOH, are also suitable. A preferred pH range for the buffer is from 2 to 8.3, although a wider range may be used. When the starting pH of the acetic acid-NaOH buffer is varied, subsequent lyophilization from 200 mM acetic acid buffer yields only the Type I modified peptide (see Example 14). The presence of an alkaline buffer component results in the formation of Type II modified peptides. A typical peptide concentration is 1 mg/ml, which results in 85-95% modified peptide, however other concentrations are suitable. The major consideration for determining concentration appears to be economic. The activated polymer (APO) is added in molar excess to the therapeutic. Generally, a starting ratio of approximately 2.5:1 (APO:therapeutic) to 5:1 (APO:therapeutic) generates APO-modified therapeutic in good yield.

[0193] The reaction mix is then frozen (e.g., −80° C.) and lyophilized. Sodium acetate disproportionates into acetic acid and NaOH during lyophilization; removal of the volatile acetic acid by the vacuum leaves NaOH dispersed throughout the result solid matrix. This loss of acetic acid is confirmed by a pH increase detected upon dissolution of the lyophilizate. No APO-modified therapeutic is formed in acetate buffer if the samples are only frozen then thawed.

[0194] The modification reaction can also take place in aqueous solution. However, APO modifications do not occur at ambient temperature in any acetate buffer system tested regardless of pH. APO modifications also are not formed in phosphate buffers as high as pH 11.5. APO modification does occur in a sodium carbonate buffer at a pH greater than about 8.5. Other buffers may also be used if they support derivatization. A pH range of 9-11 is also suitable, and pH 10 is most commonly used. The reaction occurs in two phases: Type I modified peptides form first, followed by formation of Type II modified peptides.

[0195] In the present invention, linkage occurs at an amino or a nucleophilic group. The amino group may be a primary amine, a secondary amine, or an aryl amine. Nucleophilic groups that may be APO-modified include, but are not limited to, hydrazine derivatives, hydroxylamine derivatives, and sulfhydryl compounds. Preferably, the modification occurs at an amino group, more preferably at a primary or secondary amino group, and most preferably at a primary amino group.

[0196] For a peptide, linkage can occur at the (α-NH2 of the N-terminal amino acid or ε-NH2 group of lysine. Other primary and secondary amines may also be modified. Complete blocking of all amino groups by acylation (MBI 11CNY1) inhibits APO-peptide formation. Thus, modification of arginine or tryptophan residues does not occur. If the only amino group available is the α-amino group (e.g., MBI 11B9CN and MBI 11G14CN), the Type I form is observed. The inclusion of a single lysine (e.g., MBI 11B 1CN, MBI 11B7CN, MBI 11B8CN), providing an ε-amino group, results in Type II forms as well. The amount of Type II formed increases for peptides with more lysine residues.

[0197] Many antibiotics have free amine groups. Such antibiotics include but are not limited to ampicillin, amoxicillin, amikacin, ciprofloxacin, gentamicin, teicoplanin, tobramycin, and vancomycin. Using the methods described herein, several peptides, including indolicidin. indolicidin analogues, gramicidin and bacitracin-2 have been polymer modified.

[0198] Examples of compounds that have modified by the solid phase method are listed in the table below.

TABLE 7
Compound	Action	Modification
Amoxicillin	penicillin antibiotic	Yes
Amphotericin B	anti-fungal	No
Ampicillin	penicillin antibiotic	Yes
Bacitracin	peptide antibiotic	Yes
Cephalosporin C	aminoglycoside antibiotic	No
Ciprofloxacin	quinolone antibiotic	Uncertain*
4,4′-Diaminodiphenyl Sulfone	anti-leprotic	Yes
Gentamicin	aminoglycoside antibiotic	Yes
Gramicidin S	peptide antibiotic	Yes
Sulfadiazine	sulfonamide antibiotic	No
Vancomycin	glycopeptide antibiotic	Yes
*Ciprofloxacin was partially destroyed by the process.

[0199] D. Purification and physical properties of APO-modified therapeutics

[0200] The APO-modified therapeutics may be purified. In circumstances in which the free therapeutic, such as a peptide is toxic, purification may be necessary to remove unmodified therapeutic and/or unreacted polyoxyalkylenes. Any of a variety of purification methods may be used. Such methods include reversed phase HPLC, precipitation by organic solvent to remove polysorbate, size exclusion chromatography, ion exchange chromatography, filtration and the like. RP-HPLC is preferred. Procedures for these separation methods are well known.

[0201] APO-therapeutic formation can result in the generation of products that are more hydrophobic than the parent compound. This property can be exploited to effect separation of the conjugate from free compound by RP-HPLC. As shown herein, peptide-conjugates are resolved into two populations based on their hydrophobicity as determined by RP-HPLC; the Type I population elutes slightly earlier than the Type II population.

[0202] The MBI 11 series of peptides have molecular weights between 1600 and 2500. When run on a Superose 12 column, a size exclusion column, these peptides adsorb to the resin, giving long retention times. In contrast, the APO-modified peptides do not adsorb and elute at 50 kDa (MBI11CN-Tw80) and at 69 kDa (MBI 11A3CN-Tw80), thus demonstrating a large increase in apparent molecular mass (Stokes radius).

[0203] An increase in apparent molecular mass could enhance the pharmacokinetics of peptides in particular because increased molecular mass reduces the rate at which peptides and proteins are removed from blood. Micelle formation may offer additional benefits by delivering “packets” of peptide molecules to microorganisms rather than relying on the multiple binding of single peptide molecules. In addition, APO-modified peptides are soluble in methylene chloride or chloroform (e.g., to at least 10 mg/mL), whereas the parent peptide is essentially insoluble. This increased organic solubility may significantly enhance the ability to penetrate tissue barriers and may be exploited for a simplified purification of the APO-peptide. The increased solubility in organic media may also allow the formulation of peptides in oil or lipid based delivery systems which target specific sites, such as solid tumors.

[0204] In addition, by circular dichroism (CD) studies, APO-modified peptides are observed to have an altered 3-dimensional conformation. As shown in the Examples, MBI 11CN and MBI 11B7CN have unordered structures in phosphate buffer or 40% aqueous trifluoroethanol (TFE) and form a β-turn conformation only upon insertion into liposomes. In contrast, CD spectra for APO-modified MBI 11CN and APO-modified MBI 11B7CN indicate β-turn structure in phosphate buffer.

[0205] Cationic peptides appear to maintain their original charge after modification with an APO, thereby preventing loss of activity sometimes caused by acylation reactions. Moreover, the present methods are not known to introduce antigenic linkers.

[0206] E. Biological properties of APO-modified therapeutics

[0207] The biological properties of APO-modified therapeutics appear to be improved compared to unmodified therapeutics. For example, modified and unmodified peptides are compared. Because the product consists of a peptide of known composition coupled to one or more polyoxyalkylene components derived from a polymeric mixture, defining an exact molecular weight for concentration calculations is not readily achieved. It is possible, however, to determine the concentration by spectrophotometric assay. Such a measurement is used to normalize APO-peptide concentrations for biological assays. For example, a 1 mg/mL MBI11CN-Tw80 solution contains the same amount of cationic peptide as a 1 mg/mL solution of the parent peptide, thus allowing direct comparison of toxicity and efficacy data. The modified peptides have an equivalent MIC to unmodified peptides. In vivo, however, the modified peptides demonstrate a lower LC50 than the unmodified peptides against a panel of tumor cell lines. Thus, formation of APO-peptides increases the potency of cationic peptides against cancer cells in culture.

[0208] In general, the efficacy of a modified therapeutic is determined by in vitro and in vivo assays used for the unmodified therapeutic. Thus, the assays employed depend upon the therapeutic. Assays for the therapeutics disclosed herein are well known. Assays include those for biological activity, pharmacokinetics, toxicity, adverse reactions, immunogenicity, and the like. Such assays are available to those skilled in the art.

[0209] VII. Formulations and Administration

[0210] As noted above, the present invention provides methods for treating and preventing infections by administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a peptide analogue of indolicidin as described herein. Patients suitable for such treatment may be identified by well-established hallmarks of an infection, such as fever, pus, culture of organisms, and the like. Infections that may be treated with peptide analogues include those caused by or due to microorganisms. Examples of microorganisms include bacteria (e.g., Gram-positive, Gram-negative), fungi, (e.g., yeast and molds), parasites (e.g., protozoans, nematodes, cestodes and trematodes), viruses, and prions. Specific organisms in these classes are well known (see for example, Davis et al., Microbiology, 3rd edition, Harper & Row, 1980). Infections include, but are not limited to, toxic shock syndrome, diphtheria, cholera, typhus, meningitis, whooping cough, botulism, tetanus, pyogenic infections, dysentery, gastroenteritis, anthrax, Lyme disease, syphilis, rubella, septicemia and plague.

[0211] More specifically, clinical indications include, but are not limited to: 1/infections following insertion of intravascular devices or peritoneal dialysis catheters; 2/ infection associated with medical devices or prostheses; 3/ infection during hemodialysis; 4/ S. aureus nasal and extra-nasal carriage; 5/ burn wound infections; 6/ surgical wounds, 7/ acne, including severe acne vulgaris; 8/ nosocomial pneumonia; 9/ meningitis; 10/ cystic fibrosis; 11/ infective endocarditis; 12/ osteomyelitis; and 13/ sepsis in an immunocompromised host.

[0212] 1/ Infections following insertion of contaminated intravascular devices, such as central venous catheters, or peritoneal dialysis catheters. These catheters are cuffed or non-cuffed, although the infection rate is higher for non-cuffed catheters. Both local and systemic infection may result from contaminated intravascular devices, more than 25,000 patients develop device related bacteremia in the United States each year. The main organisms responsible are coagulase-negative staphylococci (CoNS), Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus spp, E. coli and Candida spp.

[0213] The peptide and/or antibiotic, preferably as an ointment or cream, can be applied to the catheter site prior to insertion of the catheter and then again at each dressing change. The peptide may be incorporated into the ointment or cream at a concentration preferably of about 0.5 to about 2% (w/v)

[0214] 2/ Infection associated with medical devices or prostheses, e.g. catheter, grafts, prosthetic heart valves, artificial joints, etc. One to five percent of indwelling prostheses become infected which usually requires removal or replacement of the prostheses. The main organisms responsible for these infections are CoNS and S. aureus.

[0215] Preferably, the peptide and/or antibiotic can be coated, either covalently bonded or by any other means, onto the medical device either at manufacture of the device or after manufacture but prior to insertion of the device. In such an application, the peptide antibiotic is preferably applied as a 0.5 to 2% solution.

[0216] 3/ Infection during hemodialysis. Infection is the second leading cause of death in patients on chronic hemodialysis. Approximately 23% of bacteremias are due to access site infections. The majority of graft infections are caused by coagulate-positive (S. aureus) and coagulate-negative staphylococci. To combat infection, the peptide alone or in combination with an antibiotic can be applied as an ointment or cream to the dialysis site prior to each hemodialysis procedure.

[0217] 4/ S. aureus nasal and extra-nasal carriage. Infection by this organism may result in impetigenous lesions or infected wounds. It is also associated with increased infection rates following cardiac surgery, hemodialysis, orthopedic surgery and neutropenia, both disease induced and iatrogenic. Nasal and extra-nasal carriage of staphylococci can result in hospital outbreaks of the same staphylococci strain that is colonizing a patient's or hospital worker's nasal passage or extra-nasal site. Much attention has been paid to the eradication of nasal colonization, but the results of treatment have been generally unsatisfactory. The use of topical antimicrobial substances, such as Bacitracin, Tetracycline, or Chlorhexidine, results in the suppression of nasal colonization, as opposed to its eradication.

[0218] The peptide alone or in combination with an antibiotic are preferably applied intra-nasally, formulated for nasal application, as a 0.5 to 2% ointment, cream or solution. Application may occur once or multiple times until the colonization of staphylococci is reduced or eliminated.

[0219] 5/ Burn wound infections. Although the occurrence of invasive burn wound infections has been significantly reduced, infection remains the most common cause of morbidity and mortality in extensively burned patients. Infection is the predominant determinant of wound healing, incidence of complications, and outcome of burn patients. The main organisms responsible are Pseudomonas aeruginosa, S. aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, and various gram-negative organisms. Frequent debridements and establishment of an epidermis, or a surrogate such as a graft or a skin substitute, is essential for prevention of infection.

[0220] The peptide alone or in combination with antibiotics can be applied to burn wounds as an ointment or cream and/or administered systemically. Topical application may prevent systemic infection following superficial colonization or eradicate a superficial infection. The peptide is preferably administered as a 0.5 to 2% cream or ointment. Application to the skin could be done once a day or as often as dressings are changed. The systemic administration could be by intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injections or infusions. Other routes of administration could also be used.

[0221] 6/ Surgical wounds, especially those associated with foreign material, e.g. sutures. As many as 71% of all nosocomial infections occur in surgical patients, 40% of which are infections at the operative site. Despite efforts to prevent infection, it is estimated that between 500,000 and 920,000 surgical wound infections complicate the approximately 23 million surgical procedures performed annually in the United States. The infecting organisms are varied but staphylococci are important organisms in these infections.

[0222] The peptide alone or with an antibiotic may be applied as an ointment, cream or liquid to the wound site or as a liquid in the wound prior to and during closure of the wound. Following closure the peptide antibiotic could be applied at dressing changes. For wounds that are infected, the peptide antibiotic could be applied topically and/or systemically.

[0223] 7/ Acne, including severe acne vulgaris. This condition is due to colonization and infection of hair follicles and sebaceous cysts by Propionibacterium acne. Most cases remain mild and do not lead to scarring although a subset of patients develop large inflammatory cysts and nodules, which may drain and result in significant scarring.

[0224] The peptide alone or with an antibiotic can be incorporated into soap or applied topically as a cream, lotion or gel to the affected areas either once a day or multiple times during the day. The length of treatment may be for as long as the lesions are present or used to prevent recurrent lesions. The peptide antibiotic could also be administered orally or systemically to treat or prevent acne lesions.

[0225] 8/ Nosocomial pneumonia. Nosocomial pneumonias account for nearly 20% of all nosocomial infections. Patients most at risk for developing nosocomial pneumonia are those in an intensive care units, patients with altered levels of consciousness, elderly patients, patients with chronic lung disease, ventilated patients, smokers and post-operative patients. In a severely compromised patient, multiantibiotic-resistant nosocomial pathogens are likely to be the cause of the pneumonia.

[0226] The main organisms responsible are P. aeruginosa, S. aureus, Kiebsiella pneunmoniae and Enterobacter spp. The peptide alone or in combination with other antibiotics could be administered orally or systemically to treat pneumonia. Administration could be once a day or multiple administrations per day. Peptide antibiotics could be administered directly into the lung via inhalation or via installation of an endotracheal tube.

[0227] 9/ Meningitis. Bacterial meningitis remains a common disease worldwide. Approximately 25,000 cases occur annually, of which 70% occur in children under 5 years of age. Despite an apparent recent decline in the incidence of severe neurologic sequelae among children surviving bacterial meningitis, the public health problems as a result of this disease are significant worldwide. The main responsible organisms are H. influenzae, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Neisseria meningitidis. Community acquired drug resistant S. pneumoniae are emerging as a widespread problem in the United States. The peptide alone or in combination with known antibiotics could be administered orally or systemically to treat meningitis. The preferred route would be intravenously either once a day or multiple administration per day. Treatment would preferably last for up to 14 days.

[0228] 10/ Cystic fibrosis. Cystic fibrosis (CF) is the most common genetic disorder of the Caucasian population. Pulmonary disease is the most common cause of premature death in cystic fibrosis patients. Optimum antimicrobial therapy for CF is not known, and it is generally believed that the introduction of better anti-pseudomonal antibiotics has been the major factor contributing to the increase in life expectancy for CF patients. The most common organisms associated with lung disease in CF are S. aureus, P. aeruginosa and H. influenzae.

[0229] The peptide alone or in combination with other antibiotics could be administrated orally or systemically or via aerosol to treat cystic fibrosis. Preferably, treatment is effected for up to 3 weeks during acute pulmonary disease and/or for up to 2 weeks every 2-6 months to prevent acute exacerbations.

[0230] 11/ Infective endocarditis. Infective endocarditis results from infection of the heart valve cusps, although any part of the endocardium or any prosthetic material inserted into the heart may be involved. It is usually fatal if untreated. Most infections are nosocomial in origin, caused by pathogens increasingly resistant to available drugs. The main organisms responsible are Viridans streptococci, Enterococcus spp, S. aureus and CoNS.

[0231] The peptide alone or in combination with other antibiotics could be administered orally or systemically to treat endocarditis, although systemic administration would be preferred. Treatment is preferably for 2-6 weeks in duration and may be given as a continuous infusion or multiple administration during the day.

[0232] 12/ Osteomyelitis. In early acute disease the vascular supply to the bone is compromised by infection extending into surrounding tissue. Within this necrotic and ischemic tissue, the bacteria may be difficult to eradicate even after an intense host response, surgery, and/or antibiotic therapy. The main organisms responsible are S. aureus, E. coli, and P. aeruginosa.

[0233] The peptide antibiotic could be administered systemically alone or in combination with other antibiotics. Treatment would be 2-6 weeks in duration. The peptide antibiotic could be given as a continuous infusion or multiple administration during the day. Peptide antibiotic could be used as an antibiotic-impregnated cement or as antibiotic coated beads for joint replacement procedures.

[0234] 13/ Sepsis in immunocompromised host. Treatment of infections in patients who are immunocompromised by virtue of chemotherapy-induced granulocytopenia and immunosuppression related to organ or bone marrow transplantation is always a big challenge. The neutropenic patient is especially susceptible to bacterial infection, so antibiotic therapy should be initiated promptly to cover likely pathogens, if infection is suspected. Organisms likely to cause infections in granulocytopenic patients are: S. epidermidis, S. aureus, S. viridans, Enterococcus spp. E. coli, Klebsiella spp, P. aeruginosa and Candida spp.

[0235] The peptide alone or with an antibiotic is preferably administered orally or systemically for 2-6 weeks in duration. The peptide antibiotic could be given as a continuous infusion or multiple administration during the day.

[0236] Effective treatment of infection may be examined in several different ways. The patient may exhibit reduced fever, reduced number of organisms, lower level of inflammatory molecules (e.g., IFN-γ, IL-12, IL-1, TNF), and the like.

[0237] The in vivo therapeutic efficacy from administering a cationic peptide and antibiotic agent in combination is based on a successful clinical outcome and does not require 100% elimination of the organisms involved in the infection. Achieving a level of antimicrobial activity at the site of infection that allows the host to survive or eradicate the microorganism is sufficient. When host defenses are maximally effective, such as in an otherwise healthy individual, only a minimal antimicrobial effect may suffice. Thus, reducing the organism load by even one log (a factor of 10) may permit the defenses of the host to control the infection. In addition, clinical therapeutic success may depend more on augmenting an early bactericidal effect than on the long-term effect. These early events are a significant and critical part of therapeutic success, because they allow time for the host defense mechanisms to activate. This is especially true for life-threatening infections (e.g. meningitis) and other serious chronic infections (e.g. infective endocarditis).

[0238] Peptides and antibiotic agents of the present invention are preferably administered as a pharmaceutical composition. Briefly, pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may comprise one or more of the peptide analogues described herein, in combination with one or more physiologically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients. As noted herein, the formulation buffer used may affect the efficacy or activity of the peptide analogue. A suitable formulation buffer contains buffer and solubilizer. The formulation buffer may comprise buffers such as sodium acetate, sodium citrate, neutral buffered saline, phosphate-buffered saline, and the like or salts, such as NaCl. Sodium acetate is preferred. In general, an acetate buffer from 5 to 500 mM is used, and preferably from 100 to 200 mM. The pH of the final formulation may range from 3 to 10, and is preferably approximately neutral (about pH 7-8). Solubilizers, such as polyoxyethylenesorbitans (e.g., Tween 80, Tween 20) and polyoxyethylene ethers (e.g., Brij 56) may also be added if the compound is not already polymer-modified.

[0239] Although the formulation buffer is exemplified herein with peptide analogues of the present invention, this buffer is generally useful and desirable for delivery of other peptides. Peptides that may be delivered in this formulation buffer include indolicidin, other indolicidin analogues (see, PCT WO 95/22338), bacteriocins, gramicidin, bactenecin, drosocin, polyphemusins, defensins, cecropins, melittins, cecropin/melittin hybrids, magainins, sapecins, apidaecins, protegrins, tachyplesins, thionins; IL-1 through 15; corticotropin-releasing hormone; human growth hormone; insulin; erythropoietin; thrombopoietin; myelin basic protein peptides; various colony stimulating factors such as M-CSF, GM-CSF, kit ligand; and peptides and analogues of these and similar proteins.

[0240] Additional compounds may be included in the compositions. These include, for example, carbohydrates such as glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrose, mannitol, other proteins, polypeptides or amino acids, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione, adjuvants and preservatives. As noted herein, pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may also contain one or more additional active ingredients, such as an antibiotic (see discussion herein on synergy) or cytokine.

[0241] The compositions may be administered in a delivery vehicle. For example, the composition can be encapsulated in a liposome (see, e.g., WO 96/10585; WO 95/35094), complexed with lipids, encapsulated in slow-release or sustained release vehicles, such as poly-galactide, and the like. Within other embodiments, compositions may be prepared as a lyophilizate, utilizing appropriate excipients to provide stability.

[0242] Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be administered in various manners. For example, cationic peptides with or without antibiotic agents may be administered by intravenous injection, intraperitoneal injection or implantation, subcutaneous injection or implantation, intradermal injection, lavage, inhalation, implantation, intramuscular injection or implantation, intrathecal injection, bladder wash-out, suppositories, pessaries, topical (e.g., creams, ointments, skin patches, eye drops, ear drops, shampoos) application, enteric, oral, or nasal route. The combination is preferably administered intravenously. Systemic routes include intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection (including a depot for long-term release), intraocular or retrobulbar, intrathecal, intraperitoneal (e.g. by intraperitoneal lavage), transpulmonary using aerosolized or nebulized drug or transdermal. Topical routes include administration in the form of salves, ophthalmic drops, ear drops, or irrigation fluids (for, e.g. irrigation of wounds). The compositions may be applied locally as an injection, drops, spray, tablets, cream, ointment, gel, and the like. They may be administered as a bolus or as multiple doses over a period of time.

[0243] The level of peptide in serum and other tissues after administration can be monitored by various well-established techniques such as bacterial, chromatographic or antibody based, such as ELISA, assays.

[0244] Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are administered in a manner appropriate to the infection or disease to be treated. The amount and frequency of administration will be determined by factors such as the condition of the patient, the cause of the infection, and the severity of the infection. Appropriate dosages may be determined by clinical trials, but will generally range from about 0.1 to 50 mg/kg. The general range of dosages for the antibiotic agents are presented below.

TABLE 8
ANTIMICROBIAL AGENT     DOSE RANGE
Ciprofloxacin           400-1500 mg/day
Gentamicin              3 mg/kg/day
Tobramycin              3 mg/kg/day
Imipenem                1500 mg/kg every 12 h
Piperacillin            24 g/day
Vancomycin, Teicoplanin 6-30 mg/kg/day
Streptomycin            500 mg-1 g/every 12 h
Methicillin             100-300 mg/day
Ampicillin, Amoxicillin 250-500 mg/every 8 h
Penicillin              200,000 units/day
Ceftriaxone             4 g/day
Cefotaxime              12 g/day
Metronidazole           4 g/day
Tetracycline            500 mg/every 6 h
Rifampin                600 mg/day
Fluconazole             150-400 mg/day
Acyclovir               200-400 mg/day
Ribavirin               20 mg/ml (aerosol).
Amantadine-rimantadine  200 mg/day
Metronidazole           2 g/day
Cotrimoxazole           15-20 mg/kg/day
Chloroquine             800 mg/day

[0245] In addition, the compositions of the present invention may be used in the manner of common disinfectants or in any situation in which microorganisms are undesirable. For example, these peptides may be used as surface disinfectants, coatings, including covalent bonding, for medical devices, coatings for clothing, such as to inhibit growth of bacteria or repel mosquitoes, in filters for air purification, such as on an airplane, in water purification, constituents of shampoos and soaps, food preservatives, cosmetic preservatives, media preservatives, herbicide or insecticides, constituents of building materials, such as in silicone sealant, and in animal product processing, such as curing of animal hides. As used herein, “medical device” refers to any device for use in a patient, such as an implant or prosthesis. Such devices include, stents, tubing, probes, cannulas, catheters, synthetic vascular grafts, blood monitoring devices, artificial heart valves, needles, and the like.

[0246] For these purposes, typically the peptides alone or in conjunction with an antibiotic are included in compositions commonly employed or in a suitable applicator, such as for applying to clothing. They may be incorporated or impregnated into the material during manufacture, such as for an air filter, or otherwise applied to devices. The peptides and antibiotics need only be suspended in a solution appropriate for the device or article. Polymers are one type of carrier that can be used.

[0247] The peptides, especially the labeled analogues, may be used in image analysis and diagnostic assays or for targeting sites in eukaryotic multicellular and single cell cellular organisms and in prokaryotes. As a targeting system, the analogues may be coupled with other peptides, proteins, nucleic acids, antibodies and the like.

[0248] The following examples are offered by way of illustration, and not by way of limitation.

EXAMPLES

Example 1

Synthesis Purification and Characterization of Cationic Peptides and Analogues

[0249] Peptide synthesis is based on the standard solid-phase Fmoc protection strategy. The instrument employed is a 9050 Plus PepSynthesiser (PerSeptive BioSystems Inc.). Polyethylene glycol polystyrene (PEG-PS) graft resins are employed as the solid phase, derivatized with an Fmoc-protected amino acid linker for C-terminal amide synthesis. HATU (O-(7-azabenzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate) is used as the coupling reagent. During synthesis, coupling steps are continuously monitored to ensure that each amino acid is incorporated in high yield. The peptide is cleaved from the solid-phase resin using trifluoroacetic acid and appropriate scavengers and the crude peptide is purified using preparative reversed-phase chromatography. Typically the peptide is prepared as the trifluoroacetate salt, but other salts, such as acetate, chloride and sulfate, can also be prepared by salt exchange.

[0250] All peptides are analyzed by mass spectrometry to ensure that the product has the expected molecular mass. The product should have a single peak accounting for >95% of the total peak area when subjected to analytical reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC), a separation method that depends on the hydrophobicity of the peptide. In addition, the peptide should show a single band accounting for >90% of the total band intensity when subjected to acid-urea gel electrophoresis, a separation method based on the charge to mass ration of the peptide.

[0251] Peptide content, the amount of the product that is peptide rather than retained water, salt or solvent, is measured by quantitative amino acid analysis, free amine derivatization or spectrophotometric quantitation. Amino acid analysis also provides information on the ratio of amino acids present in the peptide, which assists in confirming the authenticity of the peptide.

[0252] Peptide analogues and their names are listed below. In this list, and elsewhere, the amino acids are denoted by the one-letter amino acid code and lower case letters represent the D-form of the amino acid.

Apidaecin IA GNNRPVYIPQPRPPHPRI
Deber A2KA2  KKAAAKAAAAAKAAWAAKAAAKKKK
10           ILPWKWPWWPWRR
10CN         ILPWKWPWWPWRR
11           ILKKWPWWPWRRK
11CN         ILKKWPWWPWRRK
11CNR        KRRWPWWPWKKLI
11A1CN       ILKKFPFFPFRRK
11A2CN       ILKKIPIIPIRRK
11A3CN       ILKKYPYYPYRRK
11A4CN       ILKKWPWPWRRK
11A5CN       ILKKYPWYPWRRK
11A6CN       ILKKFPWFPWRRK
11A7CN       ILKKFPFWPWRRK
11A8CN       ILRYVYYVYRRK
11A9CN       ILRWPWWPWWPWRRK
11A10CN      WWRWPWWPWRRK
11B1CN       ILRRWPWWPWRRK
11B2CN       ILRRWPWWPWRK
11B3CN       ILKWPWWPWRRK
11B4CN       ILKKWPWWPWRK
11B5CN       ILKWPWWPWRK
11B7CN       ILRWPWWPWRRK
11B7CNR      KRRWPWWPWRLI
11B8CN       ILWPWWPWRRK
11B9CN       ILRRVJPWWPWRRR
11B10CN      ILKKWPWW PWKKK
11B16CN      ILRWPWWPWRRKIMILKKAGS
11B17CN      ILRWPWWPWRRKMILKKAGS
11B18CN      ILRWPWWPWRRKDMILKKAGS
11B19CN      ILRWPWRRWPWRRK
11B20CN      ILRWPWWPWRRKILMPWPWWPWRRKMAA
11C3CN       ILKKWAWWPWRRK
11C4CN       ILKKWPWWAWRRK
11C5CN       WWKKWPWWPWRRK
11D1CN       LKKWPWWPWRRK
11D3CN       PWWPWRRK
11D4CN       ILKKWPWWPWRRKMILKKAGS
11D5CN       ILKKWPWWPWRPMILKKAGS
11D6CN       ILKKWPWWPWRRIMILKKAGS
11D9M8       WWPWRRK
11D10M8      ILKKWPW
11D11H       ILKKNPWWPWRRKM
11D12H       ILKKWPWWPWRRM
11D13H       ILKKWPWWPWRRIM
11D14CN      ILKKWWWPWRK
11D15CN      ILKKWPWWWRK
11D16CN      WRIWKPKWRLPKW
11D19CN      CLRWPWWPWRRK
11E1CN       ILKKWPWWPWRRK
11E2CN       ILKKWPWWPWRRK
11E3CN       ILKKWPWWPWRRK
11F1CN       ILKKWVWWVWRRK
11F2CN       ILKKWPWWVWRRK
11F3CN       ILKKWVWWPWRRK
11F4CN       ILRWVWWVWRRK
11F4CNR      KRRWVWWVWRLI
11F5CN       ILRRWVWWVWRRK
11F6CN       ILRWWVWWVWWRRK
11G2CN       IKKWPWWPWRRK
11G3CN       ILKKPWWPWRRK
11G4CN       ILKKWWWPWRRK
11G5CN       ILKKWPWWWRRK
11G6CN       ILKKWPWWPRRK
11G7CN       ILKKWPWWPWRR
11G13CN      ILKKWPWWPWK
11G14CN      ILKKWPWWPWR
11G24CN      LWPWWPWRRK
11G25CN      LRWWWPWRRK
11G26CN      LRWPWWPW
11G27CN      WPWWPWRRK
11G28CN      RWWWPWRRK
11H1CN       ALRWPWWPWRRK
11H2CN       IARWPWWPWRRK
11H3CN       ILAWPWWPWRRK
11H4CN       ILRAPWWPWRRK
11H5CN       ILRWAWWPWRRK
11H6CN       ILRWPAWPWRRK
11H7CN       ILRWPWAPWRRK
11H8CN       ILRWPWWAWRRK
11H9CN       ILRWPWWPARRK
11H10CN      ILRWPWWPWARK
11H11CN      ILRWPWWPWRAK
11H12CN      ILRWPWWPWRRA
11J01CN      PRIWKPKWRLPKR
11J02CN      WRWWKPKWRWPKW
21A1         KKWWRRVLSGLKTAGPAIQSVLNK
21A2         KKWWRRALQGLKTAGPAIQSVLNK
21A10        KKWWRRVLKGLSSGPALSNV
22A1         KKWWRRALQALKNGLPALIS
26           KWKSFIKKLTSAAKKVVTTAKPLISS
27           KWKLFKKIGIGAVLKVLTTGLPALIS
28           KWKLFKKIGIGAVLKVLTTGLPALKLTK
29           KWKSFIKKLTTAVKKVLTTGLPALIS
29A2         KWKSFIKNLTKVLKKVVTTALPALIS
29A3         KWKSFIKKLTSAAKKVLTTGLPALIS
29F1         KWKLFIKKLTPAVKKVLLTGLPALIS
31           GKPRPYSPIPTSPRPIRY
REWH 53A5    RLARIVVIRVAR
CN suffix = amidated C-terminus
H suffix = homoserine at C-terminus
M suffix = MAP branched peptide
R suffix = retro-synthesized peptide

Example 2

Synthesis of Modified Peptides

[0253] Cationic peptides, such as indolicidin analogues, are modified to alter the physical properties of the original peptide, either by use of modified amino acids in synthesis or by post-synthetic modification. Such modifications include: acetylation at the N-terminus, Fmoc-derivatized N-terminus, polymethylation, peracetylation, and branched derivatives.

[0254] α-N-terminal acetylation. Prior to cleaving the peptide from the resin and deprotecting it, the fully protected peptide is treated with N-acetylimidazole in DMF for 1 hour at room temperature, which results in selective reaction at the α-N-terminus. The peptide is then deprotected/cleaved and purified as for an unmodified peptide.

[0255] Fmoc-derivatized α-N-terminus. If the final Fmoc deprotection step is not carried out, the α-N-terminus Fmoc group remains on the peptide. The peptide is then side-chain deprotected/cleaved and purified as for an unmodified peptide.

[0256] Polymethylation. The purified peptide in a methanol solution is treated with excess sodium bicarbonate, followed by excess methyl iodide. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature, extracted with organic solvent, neutralized and purified as for an unmodified peptide. Using this procedure, a peptide is not fully methylated; methylation of MBI 11CN yielded an average of 6 methyl groups. Thus, the modified peptide is a mixture of methylated products.

[0257] Peracetylation. A purified peptide in DMF solution is treated with N-acetylimidazole for 1 hour at room temperature. The crude product is concentrated, dissolved in water, lyophilized, re-dissolved in water and purified as for an unmodified peptide. Complete acetylation of primary amine groups is observed.

[0258] Four/eight branch derivatives. The branched peptides are synthesized on a four or eight branched core bound to the resin. Synthesis and deprotection/cleavage proceed as for an unmodified peptide. These peptides are purified by dialysis against 4 M guanidine hydrochloride then water, and analyzed by mass spectrometry.

[0259] Peptides modified using the above procedures are listed in Table 9.

TABLE 9
Peptide	Peptide
modified	name	Sequence	Modification
10	10A	ILPWKWPWWPWRR	Acetylated α-N-
			terminus
11	11A	ILKKWPWWPWRRK	Acetylated α-N-
			terminus
11CN	11ACN	ILKKWPWWPWRRK	Acetylated α-N-
			terminus
11CN	11CNW1	ILKKWPNNPNRRK	Fmoc-derivatized N-
			terminus
11CN	11CNX1	ILKKNPNNPARRK	Polymethylated
			derivative
11CN	11CNY1	ILKKNPNNPNRRK	Peracetylated
			derivative
11	11M4	ILKKWPNNPNRRK	Four branch
			derivative
11	11M8	ILKKNPNNPNRRK	Eight branch
			derivative
11B1CN	11B1CNW1	ILRRNPNNPNRRK	Fmoc-derivatized N-
			terminus
11B4CN	11B4ACN	ILKKNPNNPNRK	Acetylated N-terminus
11B7CN	11B7ACN	ILRNPNNPNRRK	Acetylated N-terminus
11B7CN	11B7CNF12	ILRNPNNPNRRK	Formylated Lys[12]
11B9CN	11B9ACN	ILRRWPWWPWRRR	Acetylated N-terminus
11D9	1109M8	WWPNRRK	Eight branch
			derivative
11D10	11D10M8	ILKKNPN	Eight branch
			derivative
11G6CN	11G6ACN	ILKKNPNNPRRK	Acetylated α-N-
			terminus
11G7CN	11G7ACN	ILKNPNNPWRR	Acetylated α-N-
			terminus

Example 3

Recombinant Production of Peptide Analogues

[0260] Peptide analogues are alternatively produced by recombinant DNA technique in bacterial host cells. The peptide is produced as a fusion protein, chosen to assist in transporting the fusion peptide to inclusion bodies, periplasm, outer membrane or extracellular environment.

[0261] Construction of plasmids encoding MBI-11 peptide fusion protein

[0262] Amplification by polymerase chain reaction is used to synthesize double-stranded DNA encoding the MBI peptide genes from single-stranded templates. For MBI-11, 100 μl of reaction mix is prepared containing 50 to 100 ng of template, 25 pmole of each primer, 1.5 mM MgCl2, 200 μM of each dNTP, 2U of Taq polymerase in buffer supplied by the manufacturer. Amplification conditions are 25 cycles of 94° C. for 30 sec., 55° C. for 30 sec., 74° C. for 30 sec., followed by 74° C. for 1 min. Amplified product is digested with BamHI and HindIII and cloned into a plasmid expression vector encoding the fusion partner and a suitable selection marker.

[0263] Production of MBI-11 peptide fusion in E. coli

[0264] The plasmid pR2h-11, employing a T7 promoter, high copy origin of replication, Apr marker and containing the gene of the fusion protein, is co-electroporated with pGP1-2 into E. coli strain XL1-Blue. Plasmid pGP1-2 contains a T7 RNA polymerase gene under control of a lambda promoter and cI857 repressor gene. Fusion protein expression is induced by a temperature shift from 30° C. to 42° C. Inclusion bodies are washed with solution containing solubilizer and extracted with organic extraction solvent. Profiles of the samples are analyzed by SDS-PAGE. FIG. 1 shows the SDS-PAGE analysis and an extraction profile of inclusion body from whole cell. The major contaminant in the organic solvent extracted material is β-lactamase (FIG. 1). The expression level in these cells is presented in Table 10.

TABLE 10
		% protein
Fusion	Mol. mass	in whole	% in inclusion	% which is
protein	(kDa)	cell lysate	body extract	MBI-11 peptide
MBI-11	20.1	15	42	7.2

[0265] In addition, a low-copy-number vector, pPD 000, which has a chloramphenicol resistance gene, is used to express MBI-11 in order to eliminate the need for using ampicillin, thereby reducing the appearance of β-lactamase in extracted material. This plasmid allows selective gene expression and high-level protein overproduction in E. coli using the bacteriophage T7 RNA polymerase/T7 promoter system (Dersch et al., FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 123: 19-26,1994). pPD100contains a chloramphenicol resistance gene (CAT) as a selective marker, a multiple cloning site, and an ori sequence derived from the low-copy-number vector pSC101. There are only about 4 to 6 copies of these plasmids per host cell. The resulting construct containing MBI-11 is called pPDR2h-11. FIG. 2 presents a gel electrophoresis analysis of the MBI-11 fusion protein expressed in this vector. Expression level of MBI-11 fusion protein is comparable with that obtained from plasmid pR2h-11. The CAT gene product is not apparent, presumably due to the low-copy-number nature of this plasmid, CAT protein is not expressed at high levels in pPDR2h-11.

Example 4

[0266] In Vitro Assays to Measure Cationic Peptide Activity

[0267] A cationic peptide may be tested for antimicrobial activity alone before assessing its enhancing activity with antibiotic agents. Preferably, the peptide has measurable antimicrobial activity.

[0268] Agarose Dilution Assay

[0269] The agarose dilution assay measures antimicrobial activity of peptides and peptide analogues, which is expressed as the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) of the peptides.

[0270] In order to mimic in vivo conditions, calcium and magnesium supplemented Mueller Hinton broth is used in combination with a low EEO agarose as the bacterial growth medium. Agarose, rather than agar, is used as the charged groups in agar prevent peptide diffusion through the media. The media is autoclaved and then cooled to 50-55° C. in a water bath before aseptic addition of antimicrobial solutions. The same volume of different concentrations of peptide solution are added to the cooled molten agarose that is then poured to a depth of 3-4 mm.

[0271] The bacterial inoculum is adjusted to a 0.5 McFarland turbidity standard (PML Microbiological) and then diluted 1:10 before application on to the agarose plate. The final inoculum applied to the agarose is approximately 110 CFU in a 5 -8 mm diameter spot. The agarose plates are incubated at 35-37° C. for 16 to 20 hours.

[0272] The MIC is recorded as the lowest concentration of peptide that completely inhibits growth of the organism as determined by visual inspection. Representative MICs for various indolicidin analogues against bacteria are shown in Table II and representative MICs against Candida are shown in Table 12 below.

1. MBI 10
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	128
	E. coli	ECO002	128
	E. faecalis	EFS004	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	>128
	S. aureus	SA007	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0273]

2. MBI 10A
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecalis	EFS004	16
	E. faecium	EFM003	8
	S. aureus	SA010	8

[0274]

3. MBI 10CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO001	32
	E. coli	SBECO2	16
	F. faecalis	EFS004	8
	E. faecium	EFM003	2
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA002	>128
	S. aureus	SA003	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0275]

4. MBI 11
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	64
	F. faecium	EFM003	4
	E. faecalis	EFS002	64
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA004	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	128
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0276]

5. MBI 11A
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>64
	E. coli	ECO005	>64
	E. faecalis	EFS004	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA024	>64
	S. aureus	SA002	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>64

[0277]

6. MBI 11ACN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS004	8
	E. faecalis	EFS008	64
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	8
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0278]

7. MBI 11CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>64
	E. coli	ECO002	8
	E. faecium	EFM001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	32
	H. influenzae	HIN001	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	>128
	P. mirabilis	PM002	>128
	S. aureus	SA003	2
	S. marcescens	SBSM1	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN2	>128
	S. epidermidis	SE001	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128
	S. pyogenes	SPY003	8

[0279]

8. MBI 11CNR
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	4
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	4
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	32
	S. aureus	SA093	4
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	128

[0280]

9. MBI 11CNW1
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	64
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS001	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	64
	S. aureus	SA010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0281]

10. MBI 11CNX1
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>64
	E. coli	ECO005	64
	E. faecalis	EFS004	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>64
	P. aeruginosa	PA024	>64
	S. aureus	SA006	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>64

[0282]

11. MBI 11CNY1
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>64
	E. coli	ECO005	>64
	E. faecalis	EFS004	>64
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>64
	S. aureus	SA006	16
	S. epidermidis	SE010	128
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>64

[0283]

12. MBI 11M4
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecium	EFM001	32
	E. faecalis	EFS001	32
	S. aureus	SA008	8

[0284]

12. MBI 11M8
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	E. faecium	EFM002	32
	S. aureus	SA008	32

[0285]

14. MBI 11A1CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	16
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	32
	E. faecium	EFM002	1
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	H. influenzae	HIN002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA005	8
	P. vulgaris	SBPV1	>128
	S. marcescens	SBSM2	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN2	>128
	S. epidermidis	SE002	16
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>128

[0286]

15. MBI 11A2CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	>128
	E. faecium	EFM003	16
	E. faecalis	EFS002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA004	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	>128
	S. marcescens	SBS003	>128

[0287]

16. MBI 11A3CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	>128
	E. faecium	EFM003	64
	E. faecalis	EFS002	>128
	H. influenzae	HIN002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA002	>128
	S. aureus	SA004	32
	P. vulgaris	SBPV1	>128
	S. marcescens	SBSM2	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN3	>128
	S. epidermidis	SE002	128
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	>128

[0288]

17. MBI 11A4CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	32
	E. faecalis	EFS002	64
	E. faecium	EFM001	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA005	2
	S. epidermidis	SE002	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0289]

18. MBI 11A5CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	128
	E. faecium	EFM003	4
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	>128
	S. aureus	SA002	16
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0290]

19. MBI 11A6CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecium	EFM003	2
	E. faecalis	EFS004	64
	S. aureus	SA016	2

[0291]

20. MBI 11A7CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecium	EFM003	2
	E. faecalis	EFS002	16
	S. aureus	SA009	2

[0292]

21. MBI 11A8CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS001	4
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	16
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0293]

22. MBI 11B1CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	32
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	8
	E. faecium	EFM002	2
	E. faecalis	EFS004	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA005	>128
	S. aureus	SA005	2
	S. epidermidis	SE001	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0294]

23. MBI 11B1CNW1
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	16
	E. cloacae	ECL007	64
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS004	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	64
	S. aureus	SA014	16
	S. epidermidis	SE010	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0295]

24. MBI 11B2CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	16
	E. faecium	EFM001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS004	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	>128
	S. aureus	SA005	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0296]

25. MBI 11B3CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	16
	E. faecium	EFM001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	>128
	S. aureus	SA010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0297]

26. MBI 11B4CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	16
	E. faecalis	EFS002	16
	H. influenzae	HIN002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA006	>128
	S. aureus	SA004	2
	S. marcescens	SBSM2	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN3	128
	S. epiderinidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0298]

27. MBI 11B4ACN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS008	64
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA008	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0299]

25. MBI 11B5CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecium	EFM002	1
	E. faecalis	EFS002	16
	S. aureus	SA005	2

[0300]

29. MBI 11B7
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0301]

30. MBI 11B7CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC003	32
	E. cloacae	ECL0009	32
	E. coli	ECO002	8
	E. faecium	EFM001	4
	E. faecalis	EFS004	4
	H. influenzae	HIN002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP0011	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	P. mirabilis	PM002	>128
	S. aureus	SA009	2
	S. marcescens	SBSM1	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN3	>128
	S. epidermidis	SE003	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA004	128
	S. pyogenes	SPY006	16

[0302]

31. MBI 11B7CNR
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	64
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	4
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	8
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	64
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0303]

32. MBI 11B8CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coil	ECO002	16
	E. faecium	EFM001	16
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA005	>128
	S. aureus	SA009	4
	S. epidermidis	SE002	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0304]

33. MBI 11B9CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecium	EFM002	4
	E. faecalis	EFS002	8
	H. influenzae	HIN002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	P. mirabilis	PM002	>128
	S. aureus	SA010	4
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN2	>128
	S. epidermidis	SE010	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SPN044	>128
	S. pyogenes	SPY005	16

[0305]

34. MBI 11B9ACN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	32
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coil	ECO003	8
	E. faecium	EFM001	4
	E. faecalis	EFS004	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA005	>128
	S. aureus	SA019	2
	S. epidermidis	SE002	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	16
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0306]

35. MBI 11B10CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E faecium	EFM003	4
	E faecalis	EFS002	64
	S aureus	SA008	2

[0307]

36. MBI 11B16CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0308]

37. MBI 11B17CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecalis	EFS008	4
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0309]

38. MBI 11B18CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	F. faecalis	EFS008	4
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0310]

39. MBI 11C3CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	16
	E. faecium	EFM002	1
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA005	>128
	S. aureus	SA005	2
	S. epidermidis	SE002	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0311]

40. MBI 11C4CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecium	EFM003	2
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA005	>128
	S. aureus	SA009	4
	S. epidermidis	SE002	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0312]

41. MBI 11C5CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	32
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO001	8
	E. faecium	EFM003	2
	E. faecalis	EFS002	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	64
	S. aureus	SA009	2
	S. epidermidis	SE002	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	16
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0313]

42. MBI 11D1CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	16
	E. faecium	EFM001	16
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	>128
	S. aureus	SA004	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0314]

43. MBI 11D3CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	64
	E. faecium	EFM003	8
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA024	>128
	S. aureus	SA009	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0315]

44. MBI 11D4CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>64
	E. coli	ECO003	64
	E. faecium	EFM002	1
	E. faecalis	EFS002	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	>64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>64
	S. aureus	SA009	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	>64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>64

[0316]

45. MBI 11D5CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>64
	E. coli	ECO003	64
	E. faecium	EFM003	1
	E. faecalis	EFS002	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>64
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	>64
	S. aureus	SA005	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>64

[0317]

46. MBI 11D6CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>32
	E. coli	ECO002	32
	E. faecium	EFM003	1
	E. faecalis	EFS002	4
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	>64
	P. aeruginosa	PA024	>64
	S. aureus	SA009	8
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	>64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>64

[0318]

47. MBI 11D9M8
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecium	EFM002	32
	S. aureus	SA007	32
	E. faecalis	EFS002	128
	S. aureus	SA016	128

[0319]

38. MBI 11D10M8
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecium	EFM003	32
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	S. aureus	SA008	32

[0320]

49. MBI 11D11H
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>64
	E. coli	ECO002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>64
	P. aeruginosa	PA001	>64
	S. aureus	SA008	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>64

[0321]

50. MBI 11D12H
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>64
	E. coli	ECO003	64
	E. faecalis	EFS004	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	>64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>64
	S. aureus	SA014	16
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>64

[0322]

51. MBI 11D13H
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	64
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>64
	E. coli	ECO002	32
	E. faecalis	EFS004	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	>64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>64
	S. aureus	SA025	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>64

[0323]

52. MBI 11D14CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecium	EFM003	1
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	S. aureus	SA009	4

[0324]

53. MBI 11D15CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. faecium	EFM003	4
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	S. aureus	SA009	8

[0325]

54. MBI 11D18CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC003	32
	E. cloacae	ECL009	64
	E. coli	ECO002	4
	E. faecium	EFM003	2
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	H. influenzae	HIN002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA006	>128
	P. mirabilis	PM003	>128
	S. aureus	SA010	4
	P. vulgaris	SBPV1	32
	S. marcescens	SBSM2	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN3	64
	S. epidermidis	SF010	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA003	16
	S. pyogenes	SPY003	32

[0326]

55. MBI 11E1CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	32
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	8
	E. faecium	EFM001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS002	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	39
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	128
	S. aureus	SA006	1
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0327]

56. MBI 11E2CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	8
	E. faecium	EFM001	16
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA001	>128
	S. aureus	SA016	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0328]

57. MBI 11E3CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	16
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO001	4
	E. faecium	EFM003	2
	E. faecalis	EFS004	8
	H. influenzae	HIN002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA041	64
	P. mirabilis	PM001	>128
	S. aureus	SA010	2
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN2	>128
	S. epidermidis	SE002
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	32
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SPN044	>128
	S. pyogenes	SPY002	16

[0329]

58. MBI 11F1CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	8
	E. faecium	EFM003	2
	E. faecalis	EFS004	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	64
	S. aureus	SA009	2
	S. marcescens	SBSM1	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0330]

59. MBI 11F2CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. coli	ECO002	8
	E. faecium	EFM002	4
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA005	>128
	S. aureus	SA012	4
	S. epidermidis	SE002	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0331]

60. MBI 11F3CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	8
	E. faecium	EFM003	4
	E. faecalis	EFS002	8
	H. influenzae	HIN002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA041	128
	S. aureus	SA005	2
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN3	>128
	S. epidermidis	SE003	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SPN044	>128
	S. pyogenes	SPY006	8

[0332]

61. MBI 11F4CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC003	16
	E. cloacae	ECL006	16
	E. coli	ECO001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS004	8
	H. influenzae	HIN003	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	8
	P. aeruginosa	PA020	32
	S. aureus	SA007	1
	S. marcescens	SBSM1	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN3	>128
	S. epidermidis	SE010	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA006	16
	S. pyogenes	SPY005	32

[0333]

62. MBI 11F4CNR
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	16
	E. cloacae	ECL007	32
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS008	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	64
	S. aureus	SA093	8
	S. epidermidis	SE010	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0334]

63. MBI 11G2CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	16
	E. faecium	EFM002	4
	E. faecalis	EFS004	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA009	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0335]

64. MBI 11G3CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	64
	E. faecium	EFM002	32
	E. faecalis	EFS002	64
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	>128
	S. aureus	SA009	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0336]

65. MBI 11G4CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecium	EFM003	1
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA004	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0337]

66. MBI 11G5CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	16
	E. faecium	EFM002	8
	E. faecalis	EFS002	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA003	>128
	S. aureus	SA012	4
	S. epidermidis	SE002	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0338]

67. MBI 11G6CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	>128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO002	32
	E. faecium	EFM003	4
	E. faecalis	EFS002	128
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA006	2
	S. epidermidis	SE002	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0339]

68. MBI 11G6ACN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	64
	E. faecalis	EFS008	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	64
	S. epidermidis	SE010	32
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0340]

69. MBI 11G7CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC001	128
	E. cloacae	ECL006	64
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecium	EFM001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	H. influenzae	HlN002	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA006	>128
	S. aureus	SA012	2
	H. influenzae	SBHIN2	>128
	S. marcescens	SBSM1	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN2	>128
	S. epidermidis	SE002	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SPN044	>128
	S. pyogenes	SPY006	16

[0341]

70. MBI 11G7ACN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>32
	E. coli	ECO002	16
	E. faecium	EFM001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS008	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	>32
	P. aeruginosa	PA006	>32
	S. aureus	SA010	1
	S. epidermidis	SE002	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA001	32
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>32

[0342]

71. MBI 11G13CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	E. coli	ECO002	32
	E. faecium	EFM002	16
	E. faecalis	EFS002	64
	H. influenzae	HIN002	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA004	4
	E. coli	SBECO3	32
	S. marcescens	SBSM1	>128
	S. pneumoniae	SBSPN3	128

[0343]

72. MBI 11G14CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO003	32
	E. faecium	EFM001	16
	E. faecalis	EFS002	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP002	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA006	>128
	S. aureus	SA013	0.5
	S. epidermidis	SE002	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	128
	S. marcescens	SMS004	>128

[0344]

73. MBI 11G16CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS008	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0345]

74. MBI 11A6CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	1
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	0.5
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0346]

75. MBI 11A7CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	4
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	8
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0347]

76. MBI 11A9CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0348]

77. MBI 11A10CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	64
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	4
	E. faecalis	EFS008	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	64
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0349]

78. MBI 11B5CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	F. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	1
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0350]

79. MBI 11B7 ACN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	F. faecalis	EFS001	1
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	8
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0351]

80. MBI 11B7CNF12
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	F. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0352]

81. MBI 11B10CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	F. faecalis	EFS001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS008	64
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0353]

82. MBI 11B19CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	F. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0354]

83. MBI 11B20
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	32
	E. cloacae	ECL007	128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	F. faecalis	EFS001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS008	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	32
	S. aureus	SA093	4
	S. epidermidis	SE010	32
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0355]

84. MBI 11D9M8
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	128
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	>128
	F. faecalis	EFS001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS008	128
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	128
	S. aureus	SA093	8
	S. epidermidis	SE010	128
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0356]

85. MBI 11D19CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	F. faecalis	EFS001	4
	E. faecalis	EFS008	64
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0357]

86. MBI 11F4
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	F. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	8
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	16
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0358]

87. MBI 11F5CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	F. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	8
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	32
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	16
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0359]

88. MBI 11F6CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	16
	E. cloacae	ECL007	64
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS001	16
	E. faecalis	EFS008	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	16
	S. aureus	SA093	8
	S. epidermidis	SE010	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0360]

89. MBI 11G24CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0361]

90. MBI 11G25CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. colt	ECO005	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	64
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0362]

91. MBI 11G26CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	4
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	0.5
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0363]

92. MBI 11G27CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	8
	E. faecalis	EFS008	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0364]

93. MBI 11G28CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	4
	E. faecalis	EFS008	32
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0365]

94. MBI 11H01CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	2
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	8
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0366]

95. MBI 11H02CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0367]

96. MBI 11H03CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0368]

97. MBI 11H04CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	16
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0369]

98. MBI 11H05CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	8
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	16
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0370]

99. MBI 11H06CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	8
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	8
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0371]

100. MBI 11H07CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	8
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS001	4
	E. faecalis	EFS008	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	8
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	16
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0372]

101. MBI 11H08CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	8
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	32
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	32
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0373]

102. MBI 11H09CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	32
	E. faecalis	EFS001	4
	E. faecalis	EFS008	64
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	64
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	8
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	16
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0374]

103. MBI 11H10CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0375]

104. MBI 11H11CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	4
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0376]

105. MBI 11H12CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	16
	E. faecalis	EFS001	2
	E. faecalis	EFS008	8
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	16
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	4
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	64
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0377]

106. MBI 11J01CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	>128
	E. coli	ECO005	64
	E. faecalis	EFS001	128
	E. faecalis	EFS008	>128
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	>128
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	>128
	S. aureus	SA014	16
	S. aureus	SA093	2
	S. epidermidis	SE010	32
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	>128
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0378]

107. MBI 11J02CN
	Organism	Organism #	MIC (μg/ml)
	A. calcoaceticus	AC002	4
	E. cloacae	ECL007	64
	E. coli	ECO005	4
	E. faecalis	EFS001	4
	E. faecalis	EFS008	16
	K. pneumoniae	KP001	4
	P. aeruginosa	PA004	32
	S. aureus	SA014	2
	S. aureus	SA093	1
	S. epidermidis	SE010	2
	S. maltophilia	SMA002	8
	S. marcescens	SMS003	>128

[0379]

	TABLE 12
		MBI 11CN	MBI 11B7CN
	Organism	MIC (μg/ml)	MIC (μg/ml)
	C. albicans CA001	128	64
	C. albicans CA002	64	32
	C. albicans CA003	128	64
	C. albicans CA004	64	32
	C. albicans CA005	128	32
	C. albicans CA006	128	64
	C. albicans CA007	128	64
	C. albicans CA008	64	32
	C. albicans CA009	64	32
	C. albicans CA010	128	64
	C. albicans CA011	64	64
	C. albicans CA012	128	64
	C. albicans CA013	128	64
	C. albicans CA014	64	32
	C. albicans CA015	128	64
	C. albicans CA016	128	64
	C. albicans CA017	128	64
	C. albicans CA018	128	64
	C. albicans CA019	128	64
	C. albicans CA020	128	32
	C. albicans CA021	128	32
	C. albicans CA022	32	32
	C. albicans CA023	128	64
	C. albicans CA024	16	8
	C. glabrata CGL001	>128	128
	C. glabrata CGL002	>128	128
	C. glabrata CGL003	>128	128
	C. glabrata CGL004	>128	128
	C. glabrata CGL005	>128	128
	C. glabrata CGL009	>128	128
	C. glabrata CGL010	>128	128
	C. krusei CKR001	0.5	1
	C. tropicalis CTR001	4	4
	C. tropicalis CTR002	4	8
	C. tropicalis CTR003	8	8
	C. tropicalis CTR004	4	8
	C. tropicalis CTR005	4	4
	C. tropicalis CTR006	16	8
	C. tropicalis CTR007	16	8
	C. tropicalis CTR008	8	4
	C. tropicalis CTR009	8	4

[0380] Broth Dilution Assay

[0381] Typically 100 μl of calcium and magnesium supplemented Mueller Hinton broth is dispensed into each well of a 96-well microtitre plate and 100 μl volumes of two-fold serial dilutions of the peptide are prepared across the plate. One row of wells receives no peptide and is used as a growth control. Each well is inoculated with approximately 5×105 CFU of bacteria and the plate is incubated at 35-37° C. for 16-20 hours. The MIC is recorded at the lowest concentration of peptide that completely inhibits growth of the organism as determined by visual inspection.

[0382] For example, MIC values in μg/ml are established by broth dilution assay (Table 13) or by agarose dilution assay (Table 14) for a series of cationic peptides against various bacterial strains.

	TABLE 13
	Organism	MBI 11CN	MBI 11A1CN
	A. calcoaceticus 8191	256	>256
	E. cloacae 13047	>128	>256
	E. coli KL4	64	256
	E. coli DH1	64	128
	E. coli ECO003	64	>256
	E. coli 25922	128	512
	E. faecalis 29212	64	>256
	K. pneumoniae 13883	>128	>256
	K. pneumoniae B44	64	>256
	P. aeruginosa H650	256	>256
	P. aeruginosa H652	256	>256
	P. aeruginosa 27853	>128	>256
	P. aeruginosa 9503024	>256	>256
	P. aeruginosa 8509041	256	>256
	P. aeruginosa 9308077	128	>256
	S. aureus 25923	32	512
	S. aureus 27217	64	>256
	S. aureus 33593	64	>256
	S. aureus 29213	32	512
	S. aureus 8809014	32	>256
	S. aureus 8809025	64	>256
	S. aureus 8402093	32	>256
	S. maltophilia 13637	128	256
	S. epidermidis 14990	8	512
	S. maltophilia H361	64	256
	S. marcescens 13880	>128	>256
	S. marcescens B21	>256	>256

[0383]

TABLE 14
	Peptide MIC values in ug/ml
			MBI	MBI	MBI	MBI	MBI	MBI	MBI
Organism	MBI 10CN	MBI 11CN	11A1CN	11A3CN	11B4CN	11B8CN	11D18CN	11F1CN	11G13CN
E. coli ATCC 25922	16	16	128	>128	32	32	16	8	64
E. coli ESS	ND	ND	16	>128	8	ND	2	ND	32
E. coli NCTC 10418	8	4	16	64	8	4	2	2	16
E. faecium ATCC 29212	4	8	128	>128	8	8	8	8	32
P. aeruginosa ATCC 27853	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128	128	64	>128
P. aeruginosa NCTC 10662	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128	128	64	>128
P. vulgaris ATCC 13315	ND	ND	>128	>128	>128	ND	32	ND	>128
S. aureus ATCC 29213	ND	ND	2	16	1	ND	0.5	ND	1
S. aureus MRSA13	4	16	>128	>128	32	32	8	16	64
S. aureus MRSA17	2	4	32	>128	8	4	2	2	16
S. aureus MRSA9	1	2	8	128	4	2	2	2	8
S. aureus SA206	ND	ND	128	>128	16	ND	4	ND	32
S. marcescens SM76	ND	ND	>128	>128	>128	ND	>128	ND	>128
S. marcescens SM82	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128
S. pneumoniae 406LE8	>128	>128	>128	>128	128	>128	64	128	128
S. pneumoniae 60120	64	>128	>128	>128	>128	>128	128	128	>128
S. pneumoniae ATCC 49619	32	64	>128	>128	64	128	64	64	128
ND = Not determined

[0384] Time Kill Assay

[0385] Time kill curves are used to determine the antimicrobial activity of cationic peptides over a time interval. Briefly, in this assay, a suspension of microorganisms equivalent to a 0.5 McFarland Standard is prepared in 0.9% saline. This suspension is then diluted such that when added to a total volume of 9 ml of cation-adjusted Mueller Hinton broth, the inoculum size is 1×106 CFU/ml. An aliquot of 0.1 ml is removed from each tube at pre-determined intervals up to 24 hours, diluted in 0.9% saline and plated in triplicate to determine viable colony counts. The number of bacteria remaining in each sample is plotted over time to determine the rate of cationic peptide killing. Generally a three or more log10 reduction in bacterial counts in the antimicrobial suspension compared to the growth controls indicate an adequate bactericidal response.

[0386] As shown in FIGS. 3A-E, most of the peptides demonstrate a three or more log10 reduction in bacterial counts in the antimicrobial suspension compared to the growth controls, indicating that these peptides have met the criteria for a bactericidal response.

Example 5

Assays to Measure Enhanced Activity of Antibiotic Agent and Cationic Peptide Combinations

[0387] Killing Curves

[0388] Time kill curves resulting from combination of cationic peptide and antibiotic agent are compared to that resulting from agent alone.

[0389] The assay is performed as described above except that duplicate tubes are set up for each concentration of the antibiotic agent alone and of the combination of antibiotic agent and cationic peptide. Synergy is demonstrated by at least a 100-fold (2 log10) increase in killing at 24 hours by the antibiotic agent and cationic peptide combination compared to the antibiotic agent alone. A time kill assay is shown in FIG. 3E for MBI 26 in combination with vancomycin against a bacterial strain. The combination of peptide and antibiotic agent gave greater killing than either peptide or antibiotic agent alone.

[0390] FIC Measurements

[0391] In this method, synergy is determined using the agarose dilution technique. An array of plates or tubes, each containing a combination of peptide and antibiotic in a unique concentration mix, is inoculated with bacterial isolates. When performing solid phase assays, calcium and magnesium supplemented Mueller Hinton broth is used in combination with a low EEO agarose as the bacterial growth medium. Broth dilution assays can also be used to determine synergy. Synergy is determined for cationic peptides in combination with a number of conventional antibiotic agents, for example, penicillins, cephalosporins, carbapenems, monobactams, aminoglycosides, macrolides, fluoroquinolones, nisin and lysozyme.

[0392] Synergy is expressed as a fractional inhibitory concentration (FIC), which is calculated according to the equation below. An FIC ≦0.5 is evidence of synergy. An additive response has an FIC value >0.5 and ≦1, while an indifferent response has an FIC value >1 and ≧2. 2$\mathrm{FIC}=\frac{\mathrm{MIC}\left(\mathrm{peptide}\mathrm{in}\mathrm{combination}\right)}{\mathrm{MIC}\left(\mathrm{peptide}\mathrm{alone}\right)}+\frac{\mathrm{MIC}\left(\mathrm{antibiotic}\mathrm{in}\mathrm{combination}\right)}{\mathrm{MIC}\left(\mathrm{antibiotic}\mathrm{alone}\right)}$

[0393] Tables 15, 16 and 17 present combinations of cationic peptides and antibiotic agents that display an FIC value of less than or equal to 1. Although FIC is measured in vitro and synergy defined as an FIC of less than or equal to 0.5, an additive effect may be therapeutically useful. As shown below, although all the microorganisms are susceptible (NCCLS breakpoint definitions) to the tested antibiotic agents, the addition of the cationic peptide improves the efficacy of the antibiotic agent.

TABLE 15
Microorganism	Strain	Antibiotic	FIC	Peptide
S. aureus	SA044	Ciprofloxacin	0.63	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA044	Ciprofloxacin	0.75	MBI 28
S. aureus	SA014	Ciprofloxacin	1.00	MBI
				11A2CN
S. aureus	SA093	Ciprofloxacin	0.75	MBI
				11A2CN
S. aureus	SA7609	Clindamycin	0.25	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7609	Methicillin	0.56	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7610	Clindamycin	0.63	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7610	Methicillin	0.31	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7795	Ampicillin	0.52	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7795	Clindamycin	0.53	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7796	Ampicillin	1.00	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7796	Clindamycin	0.51	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7817	Ampicillin	0.50	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7818	Ampicillin	1.00	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7818	Erythromycin	0.15	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7818	Erythromycin	0.15	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7821	Erythromycin	0.50	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7821	Erythromycin	0.50	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7822	Ampicillin	0.25	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7823	Ampicillin	0.25	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7824	Ampicillin	1.00	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7825	Ampicillin	1.00	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7825	Erythromycin	1.00	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7825	Erythromycin	1.00	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7834	Ampicillin	0.53	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7834	Clindamycin	0.56	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7835	Ampicillin	0.53	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7836	Ampicillin	0.75	MBI 26
S. aureus	SA7837	Ampicillin	1.00	MBI 26
S. aureus	SAATCC25293	Methicillin	0.50	MBI 26
S. aureus	SAATCC29213	Methicillin	0.31	MBI 26
S. aureus	SAW1133	Methicillin	0.75	MBI 26
S. epidermidis	SE8406	Clindamycin	0.50	MBI 26
S. epidermidis	SE8416	Ampicillin	0.52	MBI 31
S. epidermidis	SE8416	Clindamycin	0.56	MBI 26
S. epidermidis	SE8505	Ampicillin	1.00	MBI 26
S. epidermidis	SE8565	Ampicillin	1.00	MBI 26
S. epidermidis	SH8575	Ampicillin	0.27	MBI 31
S. haemolyticus	SA7797	Ampicillin	0.50	MBI 31
S. haemolyticus	SA7817	Ampicillin	0.26	MBI 31
S. haemolyticus	SA7818	Ampicillin	0.52	MBI 31
S. haemolyticus	SA7834	Ampicillin	0.52	MBI 31
S. haemolyticus	SA7835	Ampicillin	0.50	MBI 31
S. haemolyticus	SH8459	Ampicillin	0.52	MBI 26
S. haemolyticus	SH8472	Ampicillin	0.56	MBI 26
S. haemolyticus	SH8563	Ampicillin	0.75	MBI 26
S. haemolyticus	SH8564	Ampicillin	0.62	MBI 26
S. haemolyticus	SH8575	Ampicillin	0.75	MBI 26
S. haemolyticus	SH8576	Ampicillin	0.62	MBI 26
S. haemolyticus	SH8578	Ampicillin	1.00	MBI 26
S. haemolyticus	SH8597	Ampicillin	1.00	MBI 31

[0394]

	TABLE 16
	MBI 26 (μg/ml)
	Teicoplanin (μg/ml)		+
Microorganism	Strain	Alone	+ MBI 26	Alone	Teicoplanin
E. faecium 97001	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	4
E. faecium 97002	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	1
E. faecium 97003	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	1
E. faecium 97005	VanB	1	0.25	64	2
E. faecium 97006	VanB	0.5	0.5	64	4
E. faecium 97007	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	1
E. faecium 97008	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	4
E. faecium 97009	VanB	0.5	0.25	32	1
E. faecium 97010	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	4
E. faecium 97011	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	4
E. faecium 97012	VanB	8	0.25	64	4
E. faecium 97013	VanB	8	0.25	64	8
E. faecium 97014	VanB	8	0.25	64	4
E. faecium 97015	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	4
E. faecium 97016	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	4
E. faecalis 97040	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	8
E. faecalis 97041	VanB	1	0.25	64	8
E. faecalis 97042	VanB	1	0.25	64	8
E. faecalis 97043	VanB	0.5	0.25	64	8

[0395]

TABLE 17
1. Amikacin
	Amikacin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	Amikacin
MBI	A. baumannii	0.50	32	0.125	32	16
11B16CN	ABI001
	A. baumannii	0.53	16	0.5	16	8
	ABI003
	P. aeruginosa	0.38	64	8	64	16
	PA022
	P. aeruginosa	0.25	16	2	>128	32
	PA037
	S. maltophilia	0.31	128	8	32	8
	SMA018
	S. maltophilia	0.09	>128	8	>128	16
	SMA022
	E. faecalis	0.28	32	8	8	0.25
	EFS008
MBI 21A2	A. baumannii	0.52	64	32	8	0.125
	ABI001
	A. baumannii	0.52	16	8	8	4
	ABI003
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	64	16	8	2
	PA022
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	64	16	4
	SMA018
	S. maltophilia	0.25	>128	32	>128	32
	SMA022
	E. faecium	0.56	128	64	>128	16
	EFM004
	E. faecalis	0.50	64	32	>128	0.125
	EFS008
	S. aureus	0.56	32	2	2	1
	SA025 MRSA
	S. epidermidis	0.38	32	4	>128	64
	SE003
26	A. baumannii	0.50	32	8	8	2
	ABI001
	A. baumannii	0.38	16	2	8	2
	ABI003
	S. maltophilia	0.13	128	8	32	2
	SMA021
	S. maltophilia	0.19	128	16	>128	16
	SMA037
27	A. baumannii	0.52	16	0.25	8	4
	ABI003
	B. cepacia	0.50	64	16	>128	64
	BC005
	S. maltophilia	0.31	64	4	64	16
	SMA037
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	0.125	16	8
	SMA060
	E. faecalis	0.53	32	1	4	2
	EFS008
MBI	B. cepacia	0.50	32	8	>128	64
29A3	BC003
	B. cepacia	0.38	128	32	>128	32
	BC005
	S. maltophilia	0.38	>128	32	64	16
	SMA036
	S. maltophilia	0.56	>128	16	8	4
	SMA063
	S. maltophilia	0.56	>128	16	8	4
	SMA064
	E. faecium	0.56	128	8	8	4
	EFM004
MBI 29F1	A. baumannii	0.51	32	0.25	8	4
	ABI001
	A. baumannii	0.63	16	2	4	2
	ABI003
	E. coli	0.51	16	0.125	4	2
	ECO022
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	128	64	4	0.125
	PA022
	S. maltophilia	0.31	128	8	8	2
	SMA021
	S. maltophilia	0.31	>128	16	16	4
	SMA022
	E. faecium	0.38	>128	32	32	8
	EFM004
	E. faecalis	0.28	64	16	4	0.125
	EFS008
	S. aureus	0.53	32	16	4	0.125
	SA014 MRSA
	S. epidermidis	0.38	64	16	32	4
	SE002
	S. epidermidis	0.50	64	16	32	8
	SE003
2. Ceftriaxone
	Ceftriaxone MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ Cef-
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	triaxone
MBI	A. baumannii	0.50	32	8	32	8
11B7CN	ABI002
	A. baumannii	0.25	128	16	32	4
	ABI006
	B. cepacia	0.52	32	16	>128	4
	BC003
	P. aeruginosa	0.25	128	16	128	16
	PA008
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	64	32	>128	0.125
	PA024
	S. maltophilia	0.75	>128	64	16	8
	SMA020
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	64	32	8
	SMA021
	S. maltophilia	0.38	128	32	128	16
	SMA023
MBI	A. baumannii	0.56	16	8	8	0.5
11J02CN	ABI005
	B. cepacia	0.50	16	4	>128	64
	BC003
	E. cloacae	0.38	128	16	32	8
	ECL014
	E. cloacae	0.50	64	16	32	8
	ECL015
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	64	0.125	64	32
	PA008
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	64	16	64	16
	PA039
	S. aureus	0.52	8	0.125	2	1
	SA025 MRSA
	S. epidermidis	0.50	64	16	4	1
	SE012
	S. epidermidis	0.38	128	16	4	1
	SE073
26	A. baumannii	0.50	64	16	8	2
	ABI002
	A. baumanii	0.56	16	8	2	0.125
	ABI005
	B. cepacia	0.50	16	8	>128	0.125
	BC003
	E. cloacae	0.50	128	32	8	2
	ECL014
	E. cloacae	0.19	64	4	32	4
	ECL015
	K. pneumoniae	0.56	8	4	16	1
	KP003
	P. aeruginosa	0.13	64	8	128	0.125
	PA008
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	16	4	128	32
	PA024
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	64	4	1
	SMA019
	S. maltophilia	0.38	>128	32	4	1
	SMA020
	S. aureus	0.52	8	0.125	1	0.5
	SA025 MRSA
	S. epidermidis	0.27	8	2	32	0.5
	SE007
	S. epidermidis	0.27	64	16	64	1
	SE012
3. Ciprofloxacin
	Ciprofloxacin	Peptide MIC
	MIC (μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ Cipro-
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	floxacin
MBI	S. aureus	0.53	32	16	128	4
11A1CN	SA10
	S. aureus	0.50	64	32	>128	1
	SA11
MBI	P. aeruginosa	0.31	16	4	>128	16
11D18CN	PA24
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	2	0.5	128	32
	PA77
MBI 21A1	S. aureus	0.16	4	0.125	32	4
	SA25
	S. aureus	0.50	32	8	4	1
	SA93
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	0.5	0.125	128	32
	PA4
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	4	1	16	4
	PA41
MBI 21A2	S. aureus	0.50	2	0.5	16	4
	SA25
	S. aureus	0.38	32	8	16	2
	SA93
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	0.5	0.125	>128	64
	PA4
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	4	1	64	16
	PA41
MBI 26	S. aureus	0.50	64	32	128	0.125
	SA11
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	4	1	128	32
	PA41
	P. aeruginosa	0.56	2	0.125	128	64
	PA77
	A.	0.51	0.5	0.25	>64	1
	calcoaceticus
	1
	A.	0.50	1	0.25	>32	16
	calcoaceticus
	6
	E. cloacae	0.27	1	0.25	>128	4
	13
	E. cloacae	0.38	1	0.25	>32	8
	15
	E. cloacae	0.38	2	0.25	>32	16
	16
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	1	0.5	>32	2
	23
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	1	0.5	>32	2
	24
	S. maltophilia	0.25	2	0.25	>32	8
	34
	S. maltophilia	0.50	2	0.5	>32	16
	35
MBI 27	S. aureus	0.75	32	8	2	1
	SA10
	S. aureus	0.63	32	4	2	1
	SA93
	P. aeruginosa	0.75	0.5	0.25	32	8
	PA4
MBI 28	S. aureus	0.63	32	16	64	8
	SA11
	S. aureus	0.56	2	0.125	2	1
	SA25
	P. aeruginosa	0.75	32	8	64	32
	PA24
29	S. aureus	0.38	32	4	4	1
	SA10
	S. aureus	0.50	32	8	2	0.5
	SA93
	P. aeruginosa	0.52	8	4	8	0.125
	PA41
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	2	0.5	64	16
	PA77
	A.	0.56	2	1	16	1
	calcoaceticus
	5
	A.	0.56	2	1	16	1
	calcoaceticus
	9
	E. cloacae	0.50	1	0.25	>16	8
	14
	E. cloacae	0.50	1	0.25	>16	8
	15
	P. aeruginosa	0.56	4	0.25	>16	16
	30
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	16	0.5	>16	16
	31
	S. maltophilia	0.27	2	0.5	>16	0.5
	34
	S. maltophilia	0.63	2	0.25	>16	16
	35
	S. maltophilia	0.56	8	0.5	>16	16
	36
MBI 29A2	S. aureus	0.52	32	0.5	4	2
	SA10
	S. aureus	0.50	32	8	2	0.5
	SA93
	P. aeruginosa	0.63	32	16	64	8
	PA24
MBI 29A3	S. aureus	0.75	32	16	2	0.5
	SA10
	S. aureus	0.63	4	2	1	0.125
	SA25
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	32	16	64	0.125
	PA24
	P. aeruginosa	0.63	4	0.5	8	4
	PA41
4. Gentamicin
	Gentamicin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ Gen-
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	tamicin
MBI	S. maltophilia	0.31	8	2	>128	16
11A1CN	SMA019
	S. maltophilia	0.31	8	2	>128	16
	SMA020
	E. faecium	0.28	>128	64	32	1
	EFM004
	S. aureus	0.56	32	2	8	4
	SA014 MRSA
	S. epidermidis	0.51	128	1	32	16
	SE074
MBI	A. baumannii	0.31	64	4	16	4
11B16CN	ABI001
	A. baumannii	0.31	32	2	16	4
	ABI002
	A.	0.25	8	1	32	4
	calcoaceticus
	AC001
	P. aeruginosa	0.38	32	8	64	8
	PA022
	P. aeruginosa	0.31	8	2	>128	16
	PA041
	S. maltophilia	0.31	>128	64	>128	16
	SMA016
	S. maltophilia	0.38	64	8	32	8
	SMA019
	E. faecalis	0.38	>128	64	4	0.5
	EFS008
	S. aureus	0.53	32	1	8	4
	SA014 MRSA
MBI	A. baumannii	0.27	64	16	32	0.5
11D18CN	ABI001
	A. baumannii	0.56	16	8	32	2
	ABI002
	E. coli	0.27	64	16	8	0.125
	ECO006
	K. pneumonia	0.50	64	32	32	0.125
	KP020
	P. aeruginosa	0.52	16	8	8	0.125
	PA022
	P. aeruginosa	0.14	8	0.125	64	8
	PA041
	S. maltophilia	0.38	128	16	64	16
	SMA016
	S. maltophilia	0.19	32	4	8	0.5
	SMA019
	E. faecium	0.05	>128	8	8	0.125
	EFM004
	E. faecalis	0.19	128	8	2	0.25
	EFS008
	S. aureus	0.13	32	2	2	0.125
	SA014 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.14	64	1	1	0.125
	SA025 MRSA
	S. epidermidis	0.27	16	4	8	0.125
	SE071
	S. epidermidis	0.09	64	4	4	0.125
	SE074
MBI 21A2	A. baumannii	0.56	32	16	8	0.5
	ABI002
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	32	8	8	2
	PA022
	S. maltophilia	0.50	64	16	16	4
	SMA019
	S. maltophilia	0.50	64	16	16	4
	SMA020
	S. maltophilia	0.50	64	16	16	4
	SMA021
	S. aureus	0.63	64	32	8	1
	SA025 MRSA
MBI 26	A. baumannii	0.50	64	16	8	2
	ABI001
	A. baumannii	0.53	16	0.5	8	4
	ABI002
	P. aeruginosa	0.63	8	1	64	32
	PA041
	S. maltophilia	0.25	>128	32	>128	32
	SMA016
	S. maltophilia	0.38	64	16	16	2
	SMA017
MBI 27	A. baumannii	0.52	32	0.5	8	4
	ABI002
	P. aeruginosa	0.52	32	16	8	0.125
	PA022
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	64	64	16
	SMA016
	S. maltophilia	0.52	128	64	8	0.125
	SMA017
	E. faecalis	0.38	>128	64	4	0.5
	EFS008
	S. aureus	0.50	32	0.125	2	1
	SA014 MRSA
MBI 29	S. maltophilia	0.53	32	16	4	0.125
	SMA019
	S. maltophilia	0.53	32	16	4	0.125
	SMA020
	E. faecalis	0.38	128	32	1	0.125
	EFS008
	S. epidermidis	0.50	128	0.5	4	2
	SE074
MBI 29A3	S. maltophilia	0.31	64	16	2	0.125
	SMA019
	S. maltophilia	0.31	64	16	2	0.125
	SMA021
MBI 29F1	P. aeruginosa	0.52	8	0.125	128	64
	PA023
	S. maltophilia	0.56	>128	16	32	16
	SMA016
	S. maltophilia	0.53	64	32	4	0.125
	SMA017
Deber	A. baumannii	0.53	64	32	>128	8
A2KA2	ABI001
	A. baumannii	0.50	64	32	>128	0.125
	ABI002
	A.	0.56	8	4	>128	16
	calcoaceticus
	AC001
	P. aeruginosa	0.52	32	16	>128	4
	PA022
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	16	8	>128	0.125
	PA041
	S. maltophilia	0.50	128	64	>128	0.125
	SMA017
	S. maltophilia	0.50	128	64	>128	0.125
	SMA020
5. Mupirocin
	Mupirocin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	Mupirocin
MBI	E. coli	0.05	>100	30	128	2
11A1CN	SBECO2
	E. coli	0.14	>100	10	32	4
	ECO1
MBI	E. coli	0.43	100	30	64	8
11A3CN	SBECO1
MBI	E. coli	0.36	100	30	8	0.5
11B4CN	SBECO1
	E. coli	0.09	>100	30	32	2
	SBECO2
MBI	E. coli	0.36	100	30	2	0.125
11D18CN	SBECO1
	E. coli	0.06	>100	30	16	0.5
	SBECO2
	P. aeruginosa	0.35	>100	100	128	32
	SBPA1
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	>100	30	128	64
	PA4
	S. marcescens	0.16	>100	100	>128	16
	SBSM1
	S. marcescens	0.35	>100	100	>128	64
	SBSM2
MBI	E. coli	0.16	>100	30	64	8
11G13CN	SBECO2
	E. coli	0.43	100	30	64	8
	ECO5
MBI 21A1	E. coli	0.28	>100	30	8	2
	SBECO2
	E. coli	0.28	100	3	8	2
	ECO3
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	>100	30	64	32
	SBPA1
MBI 26	E. coli	0.16	>100	30	8	1
	SBECO2
	E. coli	0.43	100	30	8	1
	ECO5
	P. aeruginosa	0.51	>100	10	128	64
	PA2
	P. aeruginosa	0.23	>100	100	>128	32
	PA4
	S. aureus	0.28	>100	30	32	8
	SBSA4
MBI 27	E. coli	0.51	>100	10	4	2
	SBECO2
	P. aeruginosa	0.25	>100	0.1	64	16
	PA2
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	0.3	32	16
	PA4
	S. aureus	0.23	100	10	16	2
	SBSA3
	S. aureus	0.50	>100	0.3	4	2
	SBSA4
MBI 28	E. coli	0.50	100	0.1	4	2
	SBECO1
	E. coli	0.33	100	30	4	0.125
	ECO2
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	>100	30	32	16
	SBPA1
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	3	32	16
	PA4
	S. aureus	0.51	>100	10	4	2
	SBSA4
MBI 29	S. marcescens	0.23	>100	100	>128	32
	SBSM1
	S. aureus	0.35	100	10	16	4
	SBSA3
	S. aureus	0.51	>100	10	4	2
	SBSA4
MBI 29A3	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	0.1	32	16
	PA2
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	0.1	16	8
	PA3
	S. marcescens	0.16	>100	100	>128	16
	SBSM1
	S. marcescens	0.35	>100	100	>128	64
	SBSM2
6. Piperacillin
	Piperacillin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ Pi-
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	peracillin
MBI	E. cloacae	0.56	>128	16	32	16
11B7CN	6
	E. cloacae	0.50	>128	1	32	16
	9
	E. cloacae	0.50	>128	0.5	32	16
	10
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	64	>128	64
	5
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	64	>128	64
	9
	S. maltophilia	0.38	>128	64	>128	32
	11
	S. marcescens	0.27	32	8	>128	4
	1
	P. aeruginosa	0.56	32	2	128	64
	23
	H. influenzae	0.50	64	32	>128	0.125
	1
	H. influenzae	0.50	0.5	0.25	>128	0.125
	SB1
	S. aureus	0.50	128	32	4	1
	19 MRSA
MBI	A.	0.56	64	32	32	2
11B9CN	calcoaceticus
	3
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	64	>128	64
	5
	S. maltophilia	0.38	>128	64	>128	32
	13
	S. marcescens	0.26	64	16	>128	2
	SB1
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>128	64	>128	64
	15
	P. aeruginosa	0.13	128	16	64	0.5
	23
	H. influenzae	0.50	0.5	0.25	>128	0.125
	3
	H. influenzae	0.50	0.5	0.25	>128	0.125
	SB1
	S. aureus	0.38	128	16	4	1
	19 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.56	128	8	2	1
	SB2MRSA
MBI	P. aeruginosa	0.52	>128	4	64	32
11CN	22
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	128	64	128	4
	23
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.5	32	16
	18 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.38	>128	64	8	1
	19 MRSA
MBI	A.	0.38	64	8	32	8
11D18CN	calcoaceticus
	3
	E. cloacae	0.31	>128	16	64	16
	9
	E. cloacae	0.50	>128	64	32	8
	10
	S. maltophilia	0.50	64	16	32	8
	2
	S. marcescens	0.14	64	8	>128	4
	1
	P. aeruginosa	0.38	128	32	64	8
	23
	P. aeruginosa	0.56	64	32	>128	16
	41
	H. influenzae	0.53	0.5	0.25	>128	8
	3
	H. influenzae	0.52	0.5	0.25	>128	4
	SB1
	S. aureus	0.38	128	16	4	1
	19 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.50	128	32	2	0.5
	SB2MRSA
MBI	S. maltophilia	0.51	>128	2	128	64
11E3CN	11
	S. marcescens	0.26	64	16	>128	2
	SB1
	P. aeruginosa	0.27	128	32	64	1
	23
	P. aeruginosa	0.63	64	32	64	8
	32
	H. influenzae	0.52	64	32	>128	4
	1
	H. influenzae	0.31	32	8	>128	16
	2
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	64	4	1
	19 MRSA
MBI	P. aeruginosa	0.51	128	64	64	0.5
11F3CN	23
	P. aeruginosa	0.63	32	4	128	64
	41
	S. aureus	0.38	>128	32	4	1
	19 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	64	8	2
	SB3MRSA
MBI	E. cloacae	0.52	>128	4	16	8
11F4CN	10
	S. maltophilia	0.53	64	32	16	0.5
	2
	S. marcescens	0.25	>128	64	>128	0.5
	1
	P. aeruginosa	0.38	>128	64	64	8
	7
	P. aeruginosa	0.31	>128	64	64	4
	23
	H. influenzae	0.50	0.5	0.25	>128	0.125
	SB1
	S. aureus	0.53	128	4	4	2
	19 MRSA
MBI	A.	0.50	128	32	64	16
11G7CN	calcoaceticus
	3
	S. marcescens	0.25	64	16	>128	1
	1
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>128	64	>128	64
	7
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	128	64	>128	1
	23
	H. influenzae	0.52	0.5	0.25	>128	4
	SB1
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	64	32	8
	18 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.56	128	64	8	0.5
	19 MRSA
MBI 21A2	E. coli	0.53	>128	8	4	2
	1
	S. maltophilia	0.38	>128	64	128	16
	6
	S. maltophilia	0.53	128	4	32	16
	14
	S. marcescens	0.27	64	16	>128	4
	1
	P. aeruginosa	0.19	64	8	>128	16
	23
	H. influenzae	0.31	64	4	>128	64
	1
	H. influenzae	0.38	128	32	>128	32
	2
	S. aureus	0.51	128	64	>128	2
	19 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.56	128	64	32	2
	SB2MRSA
MBI 26	S. maltophilia	0.50	128	32	16	4
	3
	S. marcescens	0.50	64	32	>128	0.5
	1
	P. aeruginosa	0.25	>128	32	>128	32
	7
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	64	32	128	4
	41
	H. influenzae	0.53	64	32	>128	8
	1
	H. influenzae	0.51	128	64	>128	2
	2
	S. aureus	0.16	128	16	32	1
	19 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.31	128	64	>128	16
	SB3MRSA
	A.	0.25	32	4	>32	8
	calcoaceticus
	7
	A.	0.19	64	4	>32	8
	calcoaceticus
	8
	E. cloacae	0.16	128	4	>32	8
	13
	P. aeruginosa	0.27	256	4	>64	32
	23
	P. aeruginosa	0.14	>512	16	>128	32
	28
	S. maltophilia	0.25	>512	4	>32	16
	34
	S. maltophilia	0.26	>256	4	>32	16
	35
MBI 29	S. marcescens	0.14	64	32	>128	4
	1
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	128	4	16	8
	7
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	128	32	16	4
	23
	P. aeruginosa	0.56	64	32	64	4
	41
	H. influenzae	0.51	32	16	16	0.125
	1
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.5	16	8
	11 MRSA
	A.	0.50	>512	4	16	8
	calcoaceticus
	2
	A.	0.25	32	4	>16	4
	calcoaceticus
	7
	E. cloacae	0.50	>512	4	>16	16
	16
	E. cloacae	0.50	>512	4	>16	16
	17
	P. aeruginosa	0.13	>512	8	>64	16
	28
	P. aeruginosa	0.27	512	8	>32	16
	29
	S. maltophilia	0.25	>512	4	>16	8
	34
	S. maltophilia	0.28	>512	32	>32	16
	38
	S. maltophilia	0.25	>512	4	>32	16
	40
	S. maltophilia	0.25	>512	4	>16	8
	42
7. Tobramycin
	Tobramycin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ To-
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	bramycin
MBI	P. aeruginosa	0.50	8	4	>128	0.125
11A1CN	PA026
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	16	8	>128	0.5
	PA032
	S. maltophilia	0.16	128	4	>128	32
	SMA029
	S. maltophilia	0.27	128	2	>128	64
	SMA030
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	16	8
	SA014
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	8	4
	SA025
	S. haemolyticus	0.52	4	2	8	0.125
	SHA001
	S. haemolyticus	0.51	8	4	16	0.125
	SHA005
MBI	A. baumannii	0.50	16	4	32	8
11B9CN	ABI001
	B. cepacia	0.38	>128	64	>128	32
	BC002
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	32	0.125	128	64
	PA008
	P. aeruginosa	0.56	32	2	128	64
	PA025
	S. maltophilia	0.13	64	4	>128	16
	SMA029
MBI	A. baumannii	0.50	16	4	64	16
11CN	ABI001
	E. coli	0.53	8	4	8	0.25
	ECO006
	P. aeruginosa	0.52	16	8	>128	4
	PA032
	S. maltophilia	0.51	128	64	>128	2
	SMA029
	S. maltophilia	0.38	32	4	128	32
	SMA035
MBI	A. baumannii	0.31	16	4	64	4
11D18CN	ABI001
	A. baumannii	0.53	8	4	16	0.5
	ABI002
	S. maltophilia	0.19	32	4	>128	16
	SMA027
	S. maltophilia	0.16	128	4	32	4
	SMA029
	S. aureus	0.56	64	4	32	16
	SA018 MRSA
	S. haemolyticus	0.53	4	0.125	2	1
	SHA001
MBI	A. baumannii	0.53	16	0.5	32	16
11F3CN	ABI001
	A. baumannii	1.00	4	2	16	8
	ABI002
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	16	4	>128	64
	PA032
	S. maltophilia	0.28	128	32	128	4
	SMA029
	S. maltophilia	0.26	128	1	128	32
	SMA030
	S. aureus	0.51	>128	2	4	2
	SA014 MRSA
	S. haemolyticus	0.56	4	0.25	4	2
	SHA005
MBI	A. baumannii	0.50	16	4	128	32
11G13CN	ABI001
	P. aeruginosa	0.56	8	4	>128	16
	PA022
	S. maltophilia	0.50	128	64	>128	0.125
	SMA029
	S. maltophilia	0.50	128	64	>128	0.125
	SMA030
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	4	2
	SA025 MRSA
MBI 21A1	B. cepacia	0.25	128	32	>128	0.25
	BC001
	P. aeruginosa	0.53	8	4	4	0.125
	PA022
	P. aeruginosa	0.51	8	4	16	0.125
	PA026
	S. maltophilia	0.28	128	4	128	32
	SMA029
	S. maltophilia	0.16	128	4	>128	32
	SMA030
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	32	16
	SA014 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	2	1
	SA025 MRSA
	S. haemolyticus	0.50	2	0.5	16	4
	SHA001
	S. haemolyticus	0.38	4	1	32	4
	SHA005
MBI 22A1	S. maltophilia	0.26	128	1	32	8
	SMA030
	S. maltophilia	0.25	128	0.5	32	8
	SMA031
	S. aureus	0.27	>128	4	8	2
	SA014 MRSA
	S. epidermidis	0.50	>128	0.125	16	8
	SE072
	S. epidermidis	0.50	>128	0.125	16	8
	SE073
	S. epidermidis	0.56	32	16	2	0.125
	SE080
MBI 26	S. maltophilia	0.05	128	4	>128	4
	SMA029
	S. maltophilia	0.05	128	4	>128	4
	SMA030
	S. epidermidis	0.38	>128	64	2	0.25
	SE067
	S. epidermidis	0.27	>128	4	2	0.5
	SE068
MBI 27	E. coli	0.56	8	0.5	8	4
	ECO006
	S. maltophilia	0.50	64	16	16	4
	SMA029
	S. maltophilia	0.53	128	4	16	8
	SMA031
MBI 29	A. baumannii	0.53	16	8	4	0.125
	ABI001
	E. coli	0.53	2	1	4	0.125
	ECO004
	E. coli	0.53	8	4	4	0.125
	ECO006
	K. pneumoniae	0.52	0.5	0.25	8	0.125
	KP008
	P. aeruginosa	0.52	16	8	8	0.125
	PA030
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	0.25	16	8
	SMA031
	S. maltophilia	0.53	128	4	16	8
	SMA032
	S. epidermidis	0.53	>128	8	16	8
	SE072
MBI 29A3	P. aeruginosa	0.56	8	4	4	0.25
	PA022
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	32	16	32	0.125
	PA028
	P. aeruginosa	0.51	32	16	16	0.125
	PA029
	S. maltophilia	0.28	128	4	16	4
	SMA029
	S. maltophilia	0.28	128	4	16	4
	SMA030
REWH	S. maltophilia	0.08	128	2	>128	16
53A5CN	SMA029
	S. maltophilia	0.13	128	0.25	>128	32
	SMA030
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	16	8
	SA014 MRSA
8. Vancomycin
	Vancomycin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ Van-
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	comycin
MBI	E. faecalis	0.53	1	0.5	4	0.125
11A1CN	EFS001
	E. faecalis	0.50	8	4	128	0.25
	EFS006
	E. faecalis	0.50	4	2	128	0.5
	EFS007
	E. faecalis	0.27	16	4	128	2
	EFS010
	E. faecalis	0.25	>128	32	64	8
	EFS012
	E. faecalis	0.51	128	1	4	2
	EFS014
	E. faecium	0.50	>128	0.5	32	16
	EFM004
	E. faecium	0.28	128	4	64	16
	EFM007
	E. faecium	0.25	32	4	64	8
	EFM009
MBI	E. faecalis	0.38	1	0.125	8	2
11D18CN	EFS001
	E. faecalis	0.50	2	0.5	8	2
	EFS004
	E. faecalis	0.50	64	32	64	0.125
	EFS011
	E. faecalis	0.38	>128	64	16	2
	EFS012
	E. faecalis	0.16	128	4	4	0.5
	EFS014
	E. faecium	0.50	>128	64	8	2
	EFM004
	E. faecium	0.52	64	32	8	0.125
	EFM009
	E. faecium	0.28	>128	64	8	0.25
	EFM010
	E. faecium	0.50	>128	64	8	2
	EFM011
MBI 21A1	E. faecalis	0.56	2	1	16	1
	EFS007
	E. faecalis	0.16	128	16	32	1
	EFS012
	E. faecalis	0.28	128	32	32	1
	EFS013
	E. faecium	0.56	64	32	32	2
	EFM010
MBI 26	E. faecalis	0.31	16	4	>128	16
	EFS005
	E. faecalis	0.07	>128	2	16	1
	EFS012
	E. faecalis	0.07	>128	2	16	1
	EFS013
	E. faecium	0.31	32	2	32	8
	EFM010
	E. faecium	0.31	32	2	32	8
	EFM011
	E. faecium	0.31	32	2	64	16
	EFM012
	E. faecium	0.27	>128	4	32	8
	EFM014
	E. faecium	0.51	128	1	8	4
	EFM016
MBI 29	E. faecalis	0.38	16	4	32	4
	EFS005
	E. faecalis	0.38	64	16	2	0.25
	EFS010
	E. faecalis	0.50	>128	64	2	0.5
	EFS012
	E. faecium	0.53	128	4		4
	EFM005
	E. faecium	0.51	128	1	4	2
	EFM016
MBI 29A3	E. faecalis	0.56	4	2	32	2
	EFS003
	E. faecalis	0.28	16	4	32	1
	EFS005
	E. faecalis	0.50	16	4	32	8
	EFS011
	E. faecalis	0.52	64	1	1	0.5
	EFS014
	E. faecium	0.52	>128	4	4	2
	EFM006

Example 6

Overcoming Tolerance by Administering a Combination of Antibiotic Agent and Cationic Peptide

[0396] Tolerance to an antibiotic agent is associated with a defect in bacterial cellular autolytic enzymes such that an antimicrobial agent is bacteriostatic rather than bactericidal. Tolerance is indicated when a ratio of minimum bactericidal concentration (MBC) to minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) (MBC:MIC) is ≧32.

[0397] The agarose dilution assay is adapted to provide both the MBC and MIC for an antimicrobial agent alone and an agent in combination with a peptide. Following determination of MIC, MBC is determined from the agarose dilution assay plates by swabbing the inocula on plates at and above the MIC and resuspending the swab in 1.0 ml of saline. A 0.01 ml aliquot is plated on agarose medium (subculture plates) and the resulting colonies are counted. If the number of colonies is less than 0.1% of the initial inoculum (as determined by a plate count immediately after inoculation of the MIC test plates), then ≧99.9% killing has occurred. The MBC end point is defined as the lowest concentration of the antimicrobial agent that kills 99.9% of the test bacteria.

[0398] Thus, tolerance of a microorganism to an antimicrobial agent occurs when the number of colonies growing on subculture plates exceeds the 0.1% cutoff for several successive concentrations above the observed MIC. A combination of antimicrobial agent and cationic peptide that breaks tolerance results in a decrease in the MBC:MIC ratio to <32. Table 18 shows that the combination of Vancomycin and MBI 26 overcomes the tolerance of the organisms listed.

	TABLE 18
	Vancomycin	Vancomycin + MBI 26
	MIC	MBC	MBC/	MIC	MBC	MBC/
Organism	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)	MIC	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)	MIC
E. casseliflavus	2	>128	>64	0.5	2	4
ECA001
E. faecium	0.5	>128	>256	0.5	0.5	1
EFM001
E. faecium	1	>128	>128	0.5	4	8
EFM020
E. faecalis	1	>128	>128	0.5	4	8
EFS001
E. faecalis	1	>128	>128	1	2	2
EFS004
E. faecalis	4	128	32	2	2	1
EFS007
E. faecalis	4	>128	>32	4	4	1
EFS0094
E. faecalis	1	>128	>128	0.5	0.5	1
EFS015

Example 7

Overcoming Inherent Resistance by Administering a Combination of Antibiotic Agent and Cationic Peptide

[0399] Peptides are tested for their ability to overcome the inherent antimicrobial resistance of microorganisms, including those encountered in hospital settings, to specific antimicrobials. Overcoming resistance is demonstrated when the antibiotic agent alone exhibits minimal or no activity against the microorganism, but when used in combination with a cationic peptide, results in susceptibility of the microorganism.

[0400] The agarose dilution assay described above is used to determine the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) of antimicrobial agents and cationic peptides, alone and in combination. Alternatively, the broth dilution assay or time kill curves can be used to determine MICs. Tables 19, 20, 21 and 22 present MIC values for antibiotic agents alone and in combination with peptide at the concentration shown. In all cases, the microorganism is inherently resistant to its mode of action, thus, the antibiotic agent is not effective against the test microorganism. In addition, the antibiotic agent is not clinically prescribed against the test microorganism.

[0401] In the data presented below, the MIC values for the antibiotic agents when administered in combination with peptide are decreased, from equal to or above the resistant breakpoint to below it.

	TABLE 19
	Erythromycin MIC	MBI 26 MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
Microorganism	Alone	+ MBI 26	Alone	+ Erythro.
A. calcoaceticus AC001	32	1	16	8
K. pneumoniae KP001	32	0.25	16	8
K. pneumoniae KP002	256	0.5	64	32
P. aeruginosa PA041	128	4	64	32

[0402]

	TABLE 20
	Vancomycin MIC	MBI 26 MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
Microorganism	Alone	+ MBI 26	Alone	+ Vancomycin
E. gallinarum	8	2	8	0.5
97044 VanC
E. gallinarum	32	1	2	4
97046 VanC
E. gallinarum	128	16	64	8
97047 VanC
E. gallinarum	32	4	2	2
97048 VanC
E. gallinarum	128	4	64	16
97049 VanC
E. casseliflavus	8	2	8	1
97056 VanC
E. casseliflavus	4	2	2	0.5
97057 VanC
E. casseliflavus	2	1	4	0.25
97058 VanC
E. casseliflavus	4	2	32	0.5
97059 VanC
E. casseliflavus	2	2	0.5	0.25
97060 VanC

[0403]

	TABLE 21
	Teicoplanin MIC	MBI 26 MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
Microorganism	Alone	+ MBI 26	Alone	+ Vancomycin
E. gallinarum	0.5	0.25	64	1
97044 VanC
E. gallinarum	1	0.25	8	1
97046 VanC
E. gallinarum	8	0.25	64	32
97047 VanC
E. gallinarum	0.5	0.25	8	1
97048 VanC
E. gallinarum	2	0.25	64	32
97049 VanC
E. casseliflavus	0.5	0.25	64	2
97056 VanC
E. casseliflavus	0.5	0.25	64	0.5
97057 VanC
E. casseliflavus	0.5	0.25	32	0.5
97058 VanC
E. casseliflavus	0.5	0.25	64	1
97059 VanC
E. casseliflavus	0.5	0.25	64	1
97060 VanC

[0404]

TABLE 22
1. Amikacin
	Amikacin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	Amikacin
MBI	A. baumannii	0.25	32	4	32	4
11B16CN	ABI001
	S. maltophilia	0.31	128	8	32	8
	SMA018
	S. maltophilia	0.14	>128	4	>128	32
	SMA022
	S. aureus	0.75	32	8	8	4
	SA014 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.63	32	4	8	4
	SA025 MRSA
MBI 21A2	S. maltophilia	0.53	>128	8	16	8
	SMA018
	S. maltophilia	0.31	>128	16	>128	64
	SMA060
	S. aureus	0.56	32	2	2	1
	SA025 MRSA
MBI 26	S. maltophilia	0.19	128	8	64	8
	SMA022
	S. maltophilia	0.19	128	16	>128	16
	SMA037
MBI 27	A. baumannii	1.00	32	16	8	4
	ABI001
	B. cepacia	0.50	64	16	>128	64
	BC005
	S. maltophilia	0.56	>128	16	64	32
	SMA036
	S. maltophilia	0.31	64	4	64	16
	SMA037
	S. aureus	0.75	32	16	2	0.5
	SA025 MRSA
MBI 29A3	B. cepacia	0.63	32	16	>128	32
	BC003
	B. cepacia	0.38	128	32	>128	32
	BC005
	S. maltophilia	0.53	>128	8	64	32
	SMA036
	S. maltophilia	0.56	>128	16	8	4
	SMA063
MBI 29F1	A. baumannii	0.75	32	16	8	2
	ABI001
	S. maltophilia	0.56	128	8	4	2
	SMA018
	S. maltophilia	0.31	128	8	8	2
	SMA021
	S. aureus	0.53	32	16	4	0.125
	SA014 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.63	32	16	1	0.125
	SA025 MRSA
Deber	A. baumannii	0.63	32	16	>128	32
A2KA2	ABI001
	S. aureus	0.50	32	0.125	16	8
	SA025 MRSA
2. Ceftriaxone
	Ceftriaxone MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ Cef
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	triaxone
MBI	P. aeruginosa	0.50	128	0.125	128	64
11B7CN	PA008
	S. maltophilia	0.50	>128	1	32	16
	SMA021
	S. maltophilia	0.56	128	8	128	64
	SMA023
MBI	P. aeruginosa	0.50	64	0.125	64	32
11J02CN	PA008
	P. aeruginosa	0.52	64	1	64	32
	PA039
MBI 26	P. aeruginosa	0.13	64	8	128	0.125
	PA008
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	16	4	128	32
	PA024
	S. maltophilia	0.25	>128	1	8	2
	SMA021
3. Gentamicin
	Gentamicin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ Gen
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	tamicin
MBI	S. aureus	0.53	32	1	8	4
11B16CN	SA014 MRSA
MBI 27	S. aureus	0.50	32	0.125	2	1
	SA014 MRSA
4. Mupirocin
	Mupirocin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	Mupirocin
MBI	E. coli	0.53	100	3	16	8
11B4CN	ECO3
MBI	E. coli	0.26	100	1	4	1
11D18CN	ECO3
MBI 21A1	E. coli	0.50	>100	3	2	1
	ECO1
	E. coli	0.53	100	3	2	1
	ECO2
	E. coli	0.28	100	3	8	2
	ECO3
MBI 26	E. coli	0.50	>100	3	2	1
	ECO1
MBI 27	P. aeruginosa	0.25	>100	0.1	64	16
	PA2
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	0.3	32	16
	PA4
MBI 28	E. coli	0.50	100	0.1	4	2
	SBECO1
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	3	32	16
	PA4
MBI 29A3	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	0.1	16	8
	SBPA2
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	0.1	32	16
	PA2
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	0.1	16	8
	PA3
	P. aeruginosa	0.50	>100	0.1	16	8
	PA4
5. Piperacillin
	Piperacillin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ Pip-
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	eracillin
MBI	S. aureus	0.50	128	0.5	4	2
11B7CN	19 MRSA
MBI	S. aureus	0.52	128	2	4	2
11D18CN	19 MRSA
MBI	S. aureus	0.51	>128	2	4	2
11E3CN	19 MRSA
MBI	S. aureus	0.51	>128	2	4	2
11F3CN	19 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.52	>128	4	8	4
	SB3MRSA
MBI	S. aureus	0.53	128	4	4	2
11F4CN	19 MRSA
MBI	S. aureus	0.25	128	0.5	8	2
11G7CN	19 MRSA
MBI 21A2	S. aureus	0.25	128	0.5	>128	64
	19 MRSA
MBI 26	S. aureus	0.13	128	0.5	32	4
	19 MRSA
MBI 29	S. aureus	0.52	>128	4	16	8
	18 MRSA
6. Tobramycin
	Tobramycin MIC	Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)
				+	A-	+ To-
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	Peptide	lone	bramycin
MBI	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	16	8
11A1CN	SA014
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	8	4
	SA025
	S. haemolyticus	0.51	8	4	16	0.125
	SHA005
MBI	S. aureus	0.56	64	4	32	16
11D18CN	SA018 MRSA
MBI	S. aureus	0.51	>128	2	4	2
11F3CN	SA014 MRSA
MBI	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	4	2
11G13CN	SA025 MRSA
MBI 21A1	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	32	16
	SA014 MRSA
	S. aureus	0.50	>128	0.125	2	1
	SA025 MRSA
MBI 22A1	S. aureus	0.27	>128	4	8	2
	SA014 MRSA

Example 8

Overcoming Acquired Resistance by Administering a Combination of Antibiotic Agent and Cationic Peptide

[0405] An antibiotic agent can become ineffective against a previously susceptible microorganism if the microorganism acquires resistance to the agent. However, acquired resistance can be overcome when the agent is administered in combination with a cationic peptide. For example vancomycin resistant enterococci (VRE) become susceptible to vancomycin when it is used in combination with a cationic peptide such as MBI 26. This combination is likely to be effective against other organisms acquiring resistance to vancomycin including but not limited to strains of methicillin resistant S. aureus (MRSA).

[0406] Similarly teicoplanin resistant enterococci become susceptible to teicoplanin when teicoplanin is used in combination with cationic peptides such as MBI 26.

[0407] As described previously, the agarose dilution assay is used to determine the MIC for antibiotic agents administered alone and in combination with cationic peptide. Alternatively the broth dilution assay or time kill curves can be employed. Tables 23 and 25 presents results showing that administration of a cationic peptide in combination with an antibiotic agent overcomes acquired resistance. Table 24 presents results showing administration of MBI 26 in combination with teicoplanin against teicoplanin resistant enterococci.

TABLE 23
			MIC	MIC
		Antibiotic	alone	comb.		Peptide
Microorganism	Strain	agent	(μg/ml)	(μg/ml)	Peptide	MIC
A. calcoaceticus	002	Tobramycin	8	1	MBI 29	4
A. calcoaceticus	003	Ceftazidime	32	2	MBI 26	32
A. calcoaceticus	003	Ceftazidime	32	2	MBI 29	8
A. calcoaceticus	003	Ciprofloxacin	8	1	MBI 29	16
A. calcoaceticus	004	Ciprofloxacin	8	4	MBI 26	4
A. calcoaceticus	010	Ceftazidime	32	2	MBI 26	32
E. faecium	ATCC 29212	Mupirocin	100	0.1	MBI 11CN	8
E. faecium	ATCC 29212	Mupirocin	100	0.1	MBI 11G13CN	32
P. aeruginosa	PA41	Ciprofloxacin	4	0.125	MBI 21A1	16
P. aeruginosa	PA41	Ciprofloxacin	4	1	MBI 21A2	16
P. aeruginosa	PA41	Ciprofloxacin	8	2	MBI 28	8
P. aeruginosa	001	Piperacillin	128	64	MBI 27	8
P. aeruginosa	023	Piperacillin	128	64	MBI 29	8
P. aeruginosa	024	Tobramycin	64	1	MBI 29	8
P. aeruginosa	025	Ceftazidime	64	16	MBI 29	8
P. aeruginosa	027	Imipenem	16	8	MBI 29	16
P. aeruginosa	028	Imipenem	16	8	MBI 29	16
S. haemolyticus	SH8578	Erythromycin	8	0.5	MBI 31	1
S. aureus	SA7338	Ampicillin	2	0.25	MBI 26	0.25
S. aureus	SA7609	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 26	1
S. aureus	SA7835	Erythromycin	8	0.125	MBI 26	2
S. aureus	SA7795	Erythromycin	32	1	MBI 26	8
S. aureus	SA7796	Erythromycin	32	1	MBI 26	2
S. aureus	SA7795	Erythromycin	32	4	MBI 31	0.125
S. aureus	SA7818	Erythromycin	32	2	MBI 31	0.125
S. aureus	SA7796	Erythromycin	32	2	MBI 31	0.125
S. aureus	SA7834	Methicillin	32	8	MBI 26	4
S. aureus	SA7835	Methicillin	32	4	MBI 26	16
S. aureus	SA7796	Methicillin	16	2	MBI 31	16
S. aureus	SA7797	Methicillin	16	2	MBI 31	16
S. aureus	SA7823	Methicillin	16	2	MBI 31	0.5
S. aureus	SA7834	Methicillin	64	1	MBI 31	32
S. aureus	SA7835	Methicillin	64	2	MBI 31	16
S. aureus	SA007	Piperacillin	128	64	MBI 27	0.5
S. aureus	MRSA 9	Mupirocin	>100	0.1	MBI 11D18CN	2
S. aureus	MRSA 9	Mupirocin	>100	0.1	MBI 11G13CN	8
S. aureus	MRSA 9	Mupirocin	>100	0.1	MBI 21A1	16
S. aureus	MRSA 9	Mupirocin	>100	0.3	MBI 21A10	32
S. aureus	MRSA 9	Mupirocin	>100	0.1	MBI 21A2	32
S. aureus	MRSA 9	Mupirocin	>100	0.1	MBI 26	4
S. aureus	MRSA 9	Mupirocin	>100	0.1	MBI 27	2
S. aureus	MRSA 13	Mupirocin	100	3	MBI 10CN	4
S. aureus	MRSA 13	Mupirocin	100	0.1	MBI 11CN	16
S. aureus	MRSA 13	Mupirocin	100	3	MBI 11F1CN	8
S. aureus	014	Ciprofloxacin	8	0.125	MBI 21A2	4
S. aureus	MRSA 17	Mupirocin	>100	1	MBI 10CN	1
				0.3		2
S. aureus	MRSA 17	Mupirocin	>100	1	MBI 11A1CN	32
S. aureus	MRSA 17	Mupirocin	>100	1	MBI	16
					11G13CN
S. aureus	MRSA 17	Mupirocin	>100	0.3	MBI 27	2
S. aureus	MRSA 17	Mupirocin	>100	0.1	MBI 29A3	4
S. aureus	093	Ciprofloxacin	32	0.125	MBI 21A1	2
S. aureus	093	Ciprofloxacin	32	1	MBI 21A2	4
S. aureus	SA 7818	Methicillin	16	4	MBI 26	2
S. epidermidis	SE8497	Clindamycin	32	0.125	MBI 26	2
S. epidermidis	SE8403	Erythromycin	8	0.125	MBI 26	2
S. epidermidis	SE8410	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 26	1
S. epidermidis	SE8411	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 26	1
S. epidermidis	SE8497	Erythromycin	32	0.125	MBI 26	1
S. epidermidis	SE8503	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 26	1
S. epidermidis	SE8565	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 26	1
S. epidermidis	SE8403	Erythromycin	8	0.125	MBI 31	2
S. epidermidis	SE8410	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 31	1
S. epidermidis	SE8411	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 31	1
S. epidermidis	SE8497	Erythromycin	32	0.125	MBI 31	1
S. epidermidis	SE8503	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 31	1
S. epidermidis	SE8565	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 31	1
S. haemolyticus	SH8459	Ampicillin	0.5	0.25	MBI 26	0.25
S. haemolyticus	SH8472	Ampicillin	2	0.25	MBI 26	16
S. haemolyticus	SH8564	Ampicillin	64	0.25	MBI 26	32
S. haemolyticus	SH8575	Ampicillin	0.5	0.25	MBI 26	8
S. haemolyticus	SH8578	Ampicillin	0.5	0.25	MBI 26	4
S. haemolyticus	SH8597	Clindamycin	16	0.125	MBI 26	1
S. haemolyticus	SH8463	Erythromycin	8	0.5	MBI 26	0.5
S. haemolyticus	SH8472	Erythromycin	8	0.5	MBI 26	0.5
S. haemolyticus	SH8575	Erythromycin	32	2	MBI 26	0.5
S. haemolyticus	SH8578	Erythromycin	8	0.5	MBI 26	01
S. haemolyticus	SH8597	Erythromycin	32	0.5	MBI 26	0.5
S. haemolyticus	SH8463	Erythromycin	8	0.5	MBI 31	0.5
S. haemolyticus	SH8472	Erythromycin	8	0.5	MBI 31	0.5
S. haemolyticus	SH8564	Erythromycin	32	2	MBI 31	0.5
S. haemolyticus	SH8575	Erythromycin	32	2	MBI 31	0.5
S. haemolyticus	SH8563	Methicillin	64	0.25	MBI 26	2
S. maltophilia	034	Tobramycin	8	1	MBI 29	4
S. maltophilia	037	Tobramycin	32	4	MBI 29	16
S. maltophilia	039	Ciprofloxacin	4	2	MBI 29	16
S. maltophilia	041	Tobramycin	16	1	MBI 29	8
S. maltophilia	043	Imipenem	>256	4	MBI 29	16
S. maltophilia	044	Piperacillin	>512	16	MBI 26	32

[0408]

	TABLE 24
	Teicoplanin (μg/ml)	MBI 26 (μg/ml)
Microorganism	Strain	Alone	+ MBI 26	Alone	+ Teicoplanin
E. faecium 97017	VanA	32	0.25	64	4
E. faecium 97018	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecium 97019	VanA	32	0.5	64	16
E. faecium 97020	VanA	32	0.5	64	16
E. faecium 97021	VanA	32	0.5	64	32
E. faecium 97022	VanA	32	0.5	64	4
E. faecium 97023	VanA	32	0.25	64	4
E. faecium 97024	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecium 97025	VanA	32	0.5	16	4
E. faecium 97026	VanA	32	0.5	64	16
E. faecium 97027	VanA	32	8	64	8
E. faecium 97028	VanA	32	0.25	8	8
E. faecium 97029	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecium 97030	VanA	32	0.25	64	32
E. faecium 97031	VanA	32	0.25	64	32
E. faecium 97032	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecium 97033	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecium 97034	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecium 97035	VanA	32	0.25	64	0.5
E. faecium 97036	VanA	8	0.25	8	4
E. faecalis 97050	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecalis 97051	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecalis 97052	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecalis 97053	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecalis 97054	VanA	32	0.25	64	8
E. faecalis 97055	VanA	32	0.25	64	8

[0409]

TABLE 25
1. Amikacin
	Amikacin MIC		Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)		(μg/ml)
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	+ Peptide		Alone	+ Amikacin
MBI 11B16CN	P. aeruginosa PA022	0.38	64	8		64	16
MBI 21A2	P. aeruginosa PA022	0.50	64	16		8	2
	E. faecium EFM020	0.56	32	2		128	64
	E. faecalis EFS008	0.19	64	8		>128	16
MBI 26	E. faecium EFM004	0.56	128	8		64	32
	E. faecium EFM020	0.75	32	8		64	32
MBI 27	E. faecium EFM004	0.75	64	16		16	8
	E. faecium EFM020	0.63	32	4		16	8
	E. faecalis EFS008	0.56	32	16		4	0.25
MBI 29A3	E. faecium EFM004	0.56	128	8		8	4
	E. faecium EFM020	1.00	32	16		4	2
MBI 29F1	E. faecium EFM004	0.53	>128	8		32	16
	E. faecalis EFS008	0.19	64	4		4	0.5
Deber A2KA2	E. faecalis EFS008	0.19	64	8		>128	16
2. Ceftriaxone
	Ceftriaxone MIC		Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)		(μg/ml)
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	+ Peptide		Alone	+ Ceftriaxone
MBI 11B7CN	A. baumannii ABI002	0.50	32	8		32	8
	A. baumannii ABI005	0.56	16	8		16	1
MBI 11J02CN	A. baumannii ABI005	0.56	16	8		8	0.5
	A. lwoffii ALW007	0.75	16	4		4	2
	B. cepacia BC003	0.63	16	8		>128	32
	E. cloacae ECL014	0.50	128	0.25		32	16
	E. cloacae ECL015	0.52	64	1		32	16
MBI 26	A. baumannii ABI005	0.53	16	0.5		2	1
	A. baumannii ABI006	0.56	128	8		2	1
	B. cepacia BC003	0.50	16	8		>128	0.125
	F. cloacae ECL015	0.19	64	4		32	4
3. Ciprofloxacin
	Ciprofloxacin MIC		Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)		(μg/ml)
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	+ Peptide		Alone	+ Ciprofloxacin
MBI 11AICN	S. aureus SA10	0.50	32	0.125		128	64
	S. aureus SA25	0.53	4	0.125		16	8
MBI 11D18CN	P. aeruginosa PA77	0.50	2	0.5		128	32
MBI 21A1	S. aureus SA25	0.16	4	0.125		32	4
	P. aeruginosa PA41	0.50	4	1		16	4
	P. aeruginosa PA77	1.00	2	1		32	16
MBI 21A2	S. aureus SA25	0.56	2	1		16	1
	P. aeruginosa PA41	0.50	4	1		64	16
	P. aeruginosa PA77	0.63	2	0.25		64	32
MBI 26	A. calcoaceticus 5	0.38	2	0.25		>32	16
	E. cloacae 16	0.38	2	0.25		>32	16
	E. cloacae 17	0.38	2	0.25		>32	16
	P. aeruginosa PA41	0.50	4	1		128	32
	P. aeruginosa PA77	0.56	2	0.125		128	64
	P. aeruginosa 30	0.09	4	0.25		>32	2
	P. aeruginosa 31	0.27	16	0.25		>32	16
	S. maltophilia 34	0.25	2	0.25		>32	8
	S. maltophilia 35	0.50	2	0.5		>32	16
MBI 27	S. aureus SA25	0.75	4	1		2	1
MBI 28	S. aureus SA25	0.56	2	0.125		2	1
MBI 29	A. calcoaceticus 3	0.63	8	1		>16	16
	A. calcoaceticus 4	0.63	8	1		>16	16
	E. cloacae 16	0.63	2	0.25		>16	16
	E. cloacae 17	0.75	2	1		16	4
	S. aureus SA10	0.50	32	0.125		4	2
	S. aureus SA14	0.63	8	1		8	4
	P. aeruginosa PA41	0.63	8	1		8	4
	P. aeruginosa PA77	0.50	2	0.5		64	16
	P. aeruginosa 30	0.56	4	0.25		>16	16
	P. aeruginosa 31	0.53	16	0.5		>16	16
	S. maltophilia 34	0.63	2	0.25		>16	16
	S. maltophilia 35	0.63	2	0.25		>16	16
MBI 29A2	S. aureus SA10	0.52	32	0.5		4	2
	S. aureus SA25	0.63	4	0.5		2	1
	P. aeruginosa PA41	1.00	4	2		8	4
	P. aeruginosa PA77	1.00	2	1		16	8
MBI 29A3	S. aureus SA25	0.75	4	1		1	0.5
	P. aeruginosa PA41	0.63	4	0.5		8	4
4. Gentamicin
	Gentamicin MIC		Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)		(μg/ml)
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	+ Peptide		Alone	+ Gentamicin
MBI 11B16CN	A. baumannii ABI001	0.31	64	4		16	4
	A. baumannii ABI002	0.31	32	2		16	4
	A. calcoaceticus AC001	0.25	8	1		32	4
	P. aeruginosa PA023	0.56	8	4		>128	16
	P. aeruginosa PA041	0.31	8	2		>128	16
	S. maltophilia SMA017	0.16	64	2		128	16
	S. maltophilia SMA019	0.51	64	0.5		32	16
MBI 21A2	A. calcoaceticus AC001	1.00	8	4		16	8
	P. aeruginosa PA022	0.56	32	2		8	4
	S. maltophilia SMA020	0.50	64	0.125		16	8
	S. maltophilia SMA021	0.50	64	0.125		16	8
MBI 26	A. baumannii ABI001	0.56	64	4		8	4
	A. baumannii ABI002	0.53	16	0.5		8	4
	P. aeruginosa PA023	0.75	8	4		>128	64
	P. aeruginosa PA041	0.75	8	4		64	16
	S. maltophilia SMA017	0.52	64	1		16	8
	S. maltophilia SMA019	0.53	64	2		4	2
MBI 27	A. baumannii ABI002	0.52	32	0.5		8	4
	A. calcoaceticus AC001	0.63	8	1		8	4
	P. aeruginosa PA023	0.50	16	4		32	8
	P. aeruginosa PA041	1.00	8	4		16	8
	S. maltophilia SMA019	0.50	64	0.125		8	4
	S. maltophilia SMA020	0.50	64	0.125		8	4
MBI 29A3	A. baumannii ABI002	0.75	16	4		2	1
	P. aeruginosa PA041	1.00	8	4		8	4
MBI 29F1	A. calcoaceticus AC001	0.75	8	2		8	4
	P. aeruginosa PA023	0.52	8	0.125		128	64
Deber A2KA2	A. calcoaceticus AC001	0.56	8	4		>128	16
	P. aeruginosa PA041	0.50	16	4		>128	64
5. Mupirocin
	Mupirocin MIC		Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)		(μg/ml)
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	+ Peptide		Alone	+ Mupirocin
MBI 27	S. aureus SBSA4	0.50	>100	0.3		4	2
6. Piperacillin
	Piperacillin MIC		Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)		(μg/ml)
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	+ Peptide		Alone	+ Piperacillin
MBI 11B7CN	S. maltophilia 2	1.00	32	16		128	8
	S. marcescens 1	0.27	32	8		>128	4
	H. influenzae 1	0.13	64	8		>128	1
MBI 11B9CN	A. calcoaceticus 3	0.75	64	16		32	16
	S. maltophilia 2	0.75	64	16		32	16
	S. marcescens SB1	0.26	64	16		>128	2
	P. aeruginosa 12	0.75	>128	64		128	64
	P. aeruginosa 15	0.50	>128	64		>128	64
MBI 11CN	A. calcoaceticus 3	1.00	32	16		64	32
	S. maltophilia 2	0.75	64	16		64	32
	P. aeruginosa 22	0.52	>128	4		64	32
	P. aeruginosa 23	0.53	128	64		128	4
MBI 11D18CN	A. calcoaceticus 3	0.38	64	8		32	8
	E. cloacae 9	0.31	>128	16		64	16
	E. cloacae 10	0.56	>128	16		32	16
	S. maltophilia 2	0.50	64	16		32	8
	S. maltophilia 14	0.63	128	16		16	8
	S. marcescens 1	0.14	64	8		>128	4
	P. aeruginosa 23	0.56	128	64		64	4
MBI 11E3CN	A. calcoaceticus 3	0.75	32	16		32	8
	S. maltophilia 3	0.75	64	16		32	16
	S. maltophilia 4	0.75	64	16		32	16
	S. marcescens SB1	0.26	64	16		>128	2
	P. aeruginosa 7	1.00	128	64		64	32
	P. aeruginosa 23	0.27	128	32		64	1
	H. influenzae 1	0.38	64	8		>128	64
	H. influenzae 2	0.31	32	8		>128	16
MBI 11F3CN	A. calcoaceticus 3	0.63	32	16		32	4
	S. maltophilia 2	0.75	64	16		32	16
	P. aeruginosa 7	1.00	128	64		128	64
	P. aeruginosa 23	0.51	128	64		64	0.5
MBI 11F4CN	E. cloacae 10	0.52	>128	4		16	8
	S. maltophilia 2	0.50	64	16		16	4
	S. marcescens 1	0.08	>128	16		>128	4
	P. aeruginosa 7	0.38	>128	64		64	8
	P. aeruginosa 23	0.31	>128	64		64	4
	H. influenzae 1	0.75	32	16		>128	64
MBI 11G7CN	A. calcoaceticus 3	0.63	128	16		64	32
	S. maltophilia 2	0.75	64	16		64	16
	S. marcescens 1	0.25	64	16		>128	1
	P. aeruginosa 7	0.50	>128	64		>128	64
	P. aeruginosa 23	0.50	128	64		>128	1
	H. influenzae 1	0.75	32	16		>128	64
MBI 21A2	E. coli 1	0.53	>128	8		4	2
	S. maltophilia 3	0.75	64	16		32	16
	S. maltophilia 11	0.75	32	8		128	64
	S. marcescens 1	0.27	64	16		>128	4
	H. influenzae 1	0.31	64	4		>128	64
	H. influenzae 2	0.28	128	4		>128	64
MBI 26	S. maltophilia 2	0.75	64	16		4	2
	S. maltophilia 4	0.63	128	16		16	8
	S. marcescens 1	0.09	64	2		>128	16
	P. aeruginosa 7	0.25	>128	32		>128	32
	H. influenzae 1	0.19	64	4		>128	32
	H. influenzae 2	0.19	128	16		>128	16
	A. calcoaceticus 2	0.50	>512	4		32	16
	A. calcoaceticus 7	0.25	32	4		>32	8
	E. cloacae 13	0.16	128	4		>32	8
	E. cloacae 19	0.31	64	4		>32	16
	P. aeruginosa 23	0.27	256	4		>64	32
	P. aeruginosa 26	0.56	128	8		>32	32
	S. maltophilia 35	0.26	>256	4		>32	16
	S. maltophilia 41	0.52	>512	16		>32	32
MBI 29	S. marcescens 1	0.09	64	16		>128	8
	P. aeruginosa 23	0.63	128	64		16	2
	H. influenzae 1	0.51	32	16		16	0.125
	A. calcoaceticus 2	0.50	>512	4		16	8
	A. calcoaceticus 7	0.25	32	4		>16	4
	E. cloacae 16	0.50	>512	4		>16	16
	E. cloacae 17	0.50	>512	4		>16	16
	P. aeruginosa 23	0.63	128	64		>32	8
	P. aeruginosa 24	0.50	>512	4		>16	16
	S. maltophilia 34	0.25	>512	4		>16	8
	S. maltophilia 35	0.50	>512	4		>16	16
7. Tobramycin
	Tobramycin MIC		Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)		(μg/ml)
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	+ Peptide		Alone	+ Tobramycin
MBI 11AICN	P. aeruginosa PA026	0.50	8	4		>128	0.125
	S. maltophilia SMA029	0.16	128	4		>128	32
	S. maltophilia SMA030	0.27	128	2		>128	64
MBI 11B9CN	A. baumannii ABI001	0.50	16	4		32	8
	E. coli EC0006	0.75	8	4		32	8
	P. aeruginosa PA008	0.50	32	0.125		128	64
	P. aeruginosa PA025	0.56	32	2		128	64
	S. maltophilia SMA027	0.63	8	4		>128	32
	S. maltophilia SMA031	0.19	64	4		>128	32
MBI 11CN	A. baumannii ABI001	0.50	16	4		64	16
	E. coli EC0006	0.53	8	4		8	0.25
	P. aeruginosa PA032	0.50	16	4		>128	64
	S. maltophilia SMA029	0.27	128	2		>128	64
	S. maltophilia SMA030	0.27	128	2		>128	64
MBI 11D18CN	A. baumannii ABI001	0.31	16	4		64	4
	A. baumannii ABI002	0.53	8	4		16	0.5
	P. aeruginosa PA032	1.00	8	4		64	32
	S. maltophilia SMA027	0.19	32	4		>128	16
	S. maltophilia SMA029	0.27	128	2		32	8
	S. epidermidis SE080	0.75	16	4		2	1
MBI 11F3CN	A. baumannii ABI001	0.53	16	0.5		32	16
	P. aeruginosa PA032	0.50	16	4		>128	64
	S. maltophilia SMA029	0.26	128	1		128	32
	S. maltophilia SMA030	0.26	128	1		128	32
MBI 11G13CN	A. baumannii ABI001	0.50	16	4		128	32
	P. aeruginosa PA022	0.56	8	4		>128	16
MBI 21A1	P. aeruginosa PA022	0.53	8	4		4	0.125
	P. aeruginosa PA026	0.51	8	4		16	0.125
	P. aeruginosa PA030	0.52	16	0.25		16	8
	P. aeruginosa PA032	0.63	8	1		64	32
	S. maltophilia SMA029	0.28	128	4		128	32
	S. maltophilia SMA030	0.16	128	4		>128	32
MBI 22A1	A. baumannii ABI001	0.75	16	4		4	2
	S. maltophilia SMA029	0.51	128	1		16	8
	S. maltophilia SMA029	0.50	128	0.125		32	16
	S. epidermidis SE072	0.50	>128	0.125		16	8
	S. epidermidis SE073	0.50	>128	0.125		16	8
MBI 26	P. aeruginosa PA031	0.75	16	4		32	16
	S. maltophilia SMA027	0.50	16	4		>128	64
	S. epidermidis SE068	0.27	>128	4		2	0.5
	S. epidermidis SE071	0.50	>128	0.125		16	8
MBI 27	E. coli EC0006	0.56	8	0.5		8	4
	S. maltophilia SMA027	1.00	8	4		32	16
	S. maltophilia SMA031	0.53	128	4		16	8
MBI 29	E. coli EC0006	0.53	8	4		4	0.125
	P. aeruginosa PA032	1.00	8	4		128	64
	S. maltophilia SMA031	0.50	>128	0.25		16	8
	S. maltophilia SMA032	0.53	128	4		16	8
MBI 29A3	E. coli EC0006	0.75	8	2		4	2
	P. aeruginosa PA022	0.56	8	4		4	0.25
	S. maltophilia SMA027	0.75	16	4		32	16
	S. maltophilia SMA029	0.28	128	4		16	4
REWH	S. maltophilia SMA029	0.13	128	0.25		>128	32
53A5CN	S. maltophilia SMA030	0.13	128	0.25		>128	32
8. Vancomycin
	Vancomycin MIC		Peptide MIC
	(μg/ml)		(μg/ml)
Peptide	Organism	FIC	Alone	+ Peptide		Alone	+ Vancomycin
MBI 11A1CN	E. faecalis EFS003	0.63	8	4		>128	32
	E. faecalis EFS006	0.50	8	4		128	0.25
	E. faecalis EFS010	0.13	16	1		128	8
	E. faecalis EFS014	0.51	128	1		4	2
	E. faecium EFM004	0.50	>128	0.5		32	16
	E. faecium EFM007	0.28	128	4		64	16
	E. faecium EFM009	0.25	32	4		64	8
MBI 11D18CN	E. faecalis EFS003	0.75	8	2		64	32
	E. faecalis EFS007	0.63	8	1		16	8
	E. faecalis EFS009	0.75	8	2		8	4
	E. faecium EFM004	0.50	>128	0.5		8	4
	E. faecium EFM007	0.50	>128	0.5		8	4
	E. faecium EFM009	0.52	64	1		8	4
	E. faecium EFM010	0.50	>128	1		8	4
MBI 21A1	E. faecalis EFS012	0.09	128	4		32	2
	E. faecalis EFS013	0.09	128	4		32	2
	E. faecium EFM010	0.56	64	4		32	16
MBI 26	E. faecalis EFS005	0.31	16	4		>128	16
	E. faecalis EFS010	0.27	64	1		4	1
	E. faecalis EFS011	0.25	16	2		>128	32
	E. faecium EFM004	0.25	>128	0.125		64	16
	E. faecium EFM010	0.53	128	1		32	16
	E. faecium EFM011	0.31	32	2		32	8
MBI 29	E. faecalis EFS012	0.50	>128	1		2	1
	E. faecalis EFS013	0.50	>128	1		2	1
	E. faecium EFM005	0.53	128	4		8	4
	E. faecium EFM009	0.75	16	4		8	4
	E. faecium EFM010	0.63	32	4		8	4
	E. faecium EFM016	0.51	128	1		4	2
MBI 29A3	E. faecalis EFS005	0.19	16	1		32	4
	E. faecalis EFS011	0.50	16	4		32	8
	E. faecalis EFS014	0.52	64	1		1	0.5
	E. faecium EFM006	0.52	>128	4		4	2

[0410] These data show that acquired resistance can be overcome. For example, the acquired resistance of S. aureus, a Gram-positive organism, to piperacillin and ciprofloxacin is overcome when these antibiotic agents are combined with peptides MBI 27, MBI 21A1 or MBI 21A2 respectively. Similar results are obtained for peptides MBI 26 and MBI 31 in combination with methicillin, ampicillin and erythromycin, and for peptide MBI 26 in combination with vancomycin or teicoplanin against resistant enterococci.

Example 9

Synergy of Cationic Peptides and Lysozyme or Nisin

[0411] The effectiveness of the antibiotic activity of lysozyme or nisin is improved when either agent is administered in combination with a cationic peptide. The improvement is demonstrated by measurement of the MICs of lysozyme or nisin alone and in combination with the peptide, whereby the lysozyme or nisin MIC is lower in combination than alone. The MICs can be measured by the agarose dilution assay, the broth dilution assay or by time kill curves.

Example 10

Biochemical Characterization of Peptide Analogues

[0412] Solubility in Formulation Buffer

[0413] The primary factor affecting solubility of a peptide is its amino acid sequence. Polycationic peptides are preferably freely soluble in aqueous solutions, especially under low pH conditions. However, in certain formulations, polycationic peptides may form an aggregate that is removed in a filtration step. As peptide solutions for in vivo assays are filtered prior to administration, the accuracy and reproducibility of dosing levels following filtration are examined.

[0414] Peptides dissolved in formulations are filtered through a hydrophilic 0.2 μm filter membrane and then analyzed for total peptide content using reversed-phase HPLC. A 100% soluble standard for each concentration is prepared by dissolving the peptide in MilliQ water. Total peak area for each condition is measured and compared with the peak area of the standard in order to provide a relative recovery value for each concentration/formulation combination.

[0415] MBI 11CN was prepared in four different buffer systems (A, B, C, and C1) (Table 26, below) at 50, 100, 200 and 400 μg/ml peptide concentrations. With formulations A or B, both commonly used for solvation of peptides and proteins, peptide was lost through filtration in a concentration dependent manner (FIG. 4). Recovery only reached a maximum of 70% at a concentration of 400 μg/ml. In contrast, peptides dissolved in formulations C and C1 were fully recovered. Buffers containing polyanionic ions appear to encourage aggregation, and it is likely that the aggregate takes the form of a matrix which is trapped by the filter. Monoanionic counterions are more suitable for the maintenance of peptides in a non-aggregated, soluble form, while the addition of other solubilizing agents may further improve the formulation.

TABLE 26
Code Formulation Buffer
A    PBS 200 mM, pH 7.1
B    Sodium Citrate 100 mM, pH 5.2
C    Sodium Acetate 200 mM, pH 4.6
C1   Sodium Acetate 200 mM/0.5% Polysorbate 80, pH 4.6
D    Sodium Acetate 100 mM/0.5% Activated Polysorbate
     80, pH 7.5 Lyophilized/Reconstituted

[0416] Solubility in Broth

[0417] The solubility of peptide analogues is assessed in calcium and magnesium supplemented Mueller Hinton broth by visual inspection. The procedure employed is that used for the broth dilution assay except that bacteria are not added to the wells. The appearance of the solution in each well is evaluated according to the scale: (a) clear, no precipitate, (b) light diffuse precipitate and (c) cloudy, heavy precipitate. Results show that, for example, MBI 10CN is less soluble than MBI 11CN under these conditions and that MBI 11BCN analogues are less soluble than MBI 11ACN analogues.

[0418] Reversed Phase HPLC Analysis of Peptide Analogue Formulations

[0419] Reversed-phase HPLC, which provides an analytical method for peptide quantification, is used to examine peptides in two different formulations. A 400 μg/mL solution of MBI 11CN prepared in formulations C1 and D is analyzed by using a stepwise gradient to resolve free peptide from other species. Standard chromatographic conditions are used as follows:

[0420] Solvent A: 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in water

[0421] Solvent B: 0.1% TFA/95% acetonitrile in water

[0422] Media: POROS® R2-20 (polystyrene divinylbenzene)

[0423] As shown in FIG. 5, MBI 11CN could be separated in two forms, as free peptide in formulation C1, and as a principally formulation-complex peptide in formulation D. This complex survives the separation protocol in gradients containing acetonitrile, which might be expected to disrupt the stability of the complex. A peak corresponding to a small amount (<10%) of free peptide is also observed in formulation D. If the shape of the elution gradient is changed, the associated peptide elutes as a broad low peak, indicating that complexes of peptide in the formulation are heterogeneous.

Example 11

Structural Analysis of Indolicidin Variants Using Circular Dichroism Spectroscopy

[0424] Circular dichroism (CD) is a spectroscopic technique that measures secondary structures of peptides and proteins in solution, see for example, R. W. Woody, (Methods in Enzymology, 246: 34, 1995). The CD spectra of α-helical peptides is most readily interpretable due to the characteristic double minima at 208 and 222 nm. For peptides with other secondary structures however, interpretation of CD spectra is more complicated and less reliable. The CD data for peptides is used to relate solution structure to in vitro activity.

[0425] CD measurements of indolicidin analogues are performed in three different aqueous environments, (1) 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.2, (2) phosphate buffer and 40% (v/v) trifluoroethanol (TFE) and (3) phosphate buffer and large (100 nm diameter) unilamellar phospholipid vesicles (liposomes) (Table 27). The organic solvent TFE and the liposomes provide a hydrophobic environment intended to mimic the bacterial membrane where the peptides are presumed to adopt an active conformation.

[0426] The results indicate that the peptides are primarily unordered in phosphate buffer (a negative minima at around 200 nm) with the exception of MBI 11F4CN, which displays an additional minima at 220 nm (see below). The presence of TFE induces β-turn structure in MBI 11 and MBI 11G4CN, and increases α-helicity in MBI 11F4CN, although most of the peptides remain unordered. In the presence of liposomes, peptides MBI 11CN and MBI 11B7CN, which are unordered in TFE, display β-turn structure (a negative minima at around 230 nm) (FIG. 6). Hence, liposomes appear to induce more ordered secondary structure than TFE.

[0427] A β-turn is the predominant secondary structure that appears in a hydrophobic environment, suggesting that it is the primary conformation in the active, membrane-associated form. In contrast, MBI 11F4CN displays increased α-helical conformation in the presence of TFE. Peptide MBI 11F4CN is also the most insoluble and hemolytic of the peptides tested, suggesting that α-helical secondary structure may introduce unwanted properties in these analogues.

[0428] Additionally CD spectra are recorded for APO-modified peptides (Table 28). The results show that these compounds have significant β-turn secondary structure in phosphate buffer, which is only slightly altered in TFE.

[0429] Again, the CD results suggest that a β-turn structure (i.e. membrane-associated) is the preferred active conformation among the indolicidin analogues tested.

	TABLE 27
	Phosphate	Confor-		Confor-
	buffer	mation	TFE	mation
	min	max	in	min	max	in
Peptide	λ	λ	buffer	λ	λ	TFE
MBI 10CN	201	—	Unordered	203	˜219	Unordered
MBI 11	199	—	Unordered	202,	220	β-turn
				227
MBI 11ACN	199	—	Unordered	203	219	Unordered
MBI 11CN	200	—	Unordered	200	—	Unordered
MBI 11CNY1	200	—	Unordered	200	—	Unordered
MBI	201	—	Unordered	201	—	Unordered
11B1CNW1
MBI	200	—	Unordered	200	—	Unordered
11B4ACN
MBI 11B7CN	200	—	Unordered	204,		Unordered
				˜219
MBI	200	—	Unordered	200	—	Unordered
11B9ACN
MBI 11B9CN	200	—	Unordered	200	—	Unordered
MBI 11D1CN	200	—	Unordered	204	—	Unordered
MBI 11E1CN	201	—	Unordered	201	—	Unordered
MBI 11E2CN	200	—	Unordered	201	—	Unordered
MBI 11E3CN	202	226	ppII helix	200	—	Unordered
MBI 11F3CN	199	228	ppII helix	202	—	Unordered
MBI 11F4CN	202,	—	Unordered	206,	—	slight
	220			222		α-helix
MBI 11G4CN	199,	—	Unordered	201,	215	β-turn
	221			226
MBI	200	—	Unordered	199	—	Unordered
11G6ACN
MBI	200	—	Unordered	202	221	Unordered
11G7ACN

[0430]

TABLE 28
		Confor-		Confor-
APO-	Phosphate buffer	mation	TFE	mation
modified	min	max	in	min	max	in
peptide	λ	λ	buffer	λ	λ	TFE
MBI 11CN	202, 229	220	β-turn	203	223	β-turn
MBI 11BCN	200, 229	—	β-turn	202	222	β-turn
MBI 11B7CN	202, 230	223	β-turn	199	230	β-turn
MBI 11E3CN	202, 229	220	β-turn	199	—	β-turn
MBI 11F3CN	205	—	ppII helix	203	230	ppII helix

Example 12

Membrane Permeabilization Assays

[0431] Liposome dye release

[0432] A method for measuring the ability of peptides to permeabilize phospholipid bilayers is described (Parente et al., Biochemistry, 29, 8720, 1990) Briefly, liposomes of a defined phospholipid composition are prepared in the presence of a fluorescent dye molecule. In this example, a dye pair consisting of the fluorescent molecule 8-aminonapthalene-1,3,6-trisulfonic acid (ANTS) and its quencher molecule p-xylene-bis-pyridinium bromide (DPX) are used. The mixture of free dye molecules, dye free liposomes, and liposomes containing encapsulated ANTS-DPX are separated by size exclusion chromatography. In the assay, the test peptide is incubated with the ANTS-DPX containing liposomes and the fluorescence due to ANTS release to the outside of the liposome is measured over time.

[0433] Using this assay, peptide activity, measured by dye release, is shown to be extremely sensitive to the composition of the liposomes at many liposome to peptide ratios (L/P) (FIG. 7). Specifically, addition of cholesterol to liposomes composed of egg phosphotidylcholine (PC) virtually abolishes membrane permeabilizing activity of MBI 11CN, even at very high lipid to peptide molar ratios (compare with egg PC liposomes containing no cholesterol). This in vitro selectivity may mimic that observed in vitro for bacterial cells in the presence of mammalian cells.

[0434] In addition, there is a size limitation to the membrane disruption induced by MBI 11CN. ANTS/DPX can be replaced with fluorescein isothiocyanate-labeled dextran (FD-4), molecular weight 4,400, in the egg PC liposomes. No increase in FD-4 fluorescence is detected upon incubation with MBI 11CN. These results indicate that MBI 11CN-mediated membrane disruption allows the release of the relatively smaller ANTS/DPX molecules (˜400 Da), but not the bulkier FD-4 molecules.

[0435] E. coli ML-35 inner membrane assay

[0436] An alternative method for measuring peptide-membrane interaction uses the E. coli strain ML-35 (Lehrer et al., J. Clin. Invest., 84: 553, 1989), which contains a chromosomal copy of the lacZ gene encoding β-galactosidase and is permease deficient. This strain is used to measure the effect of peptide on the inner membrane through release of β-galactosidase into the periplasm. Release of β-galactosidase is measured by spectrophotometrically monitoring the hydrolysis of its substrate o-nitrophenol β-D-galactopyranoside (ONPG). The maximum rate of hydrolysis (Vmax) is determined for aliquots of cells taken at various growth points.

[0437] A preliminary experiment to determine the concentration of peptide required for maximal activity against mid-log cells, diluted to 4×107 CFU/ml, yields a value of 50 μg/ml, which is used in all subsequent experiments. Cells are grown in two different growth media, Terrific broth (TB) and Luria broth (LB) and equivalent amounts of cells are assayed during their growth cycles. The resulting activity profile of MBI 11B7CN is shown in FIG. 8. For cells grown in the enriched TB media, maximum activity occurs at early mid-log (140 min), whereas for cells grown in LB media, the maximum occurs at late mid-log (230 min). Additionally, only in LB, a dip in activity is observed at 140 min. This drop in activity may be related to a transition in metabolism, such as a requirement for utilization of a new energy source due to depletion of the original source, which does not occur in the more enriched TB media. A consequence of a metabolism switch would be changes in the membrane potential.

[0438] To test whether membrane potential has an effect on peptide activity, the effect of disrupting the electrochemical gradient using the potassium ionophore valinomycin is examined. Cells pre-incubated with valinomycin are treated with peptide and for MBI 10CN and MBI 11CN ONPG hydrolysis diminished by approximately 50% compared to no pre-incubation with valinomycin (FIG. 9). Another cationic peptide that is not sensitive to valinomycin is used as a positive control.

[0439] Further delineation of the factors influencing membrane permeabilizing activity are tested. In an exemplary test, MBI 11B7CN is pre-incubated with isotonic HEPES/sucrose buffer containing either 150 mM sodium chloride (NaCl) or 5 mM magnesium ions (Mg2+) and assayed as described earlier. In FIG. 10, a significant inhibition is observed with either solution, suggesting involvement of electrostatic interactions in the permeabilizing action of peptides.

Example 13

Erythrocyte Hemolysis by Cationic Peptides

[0440] Cationic peptides are tested for toxicity towards eukaryotic cells by measuring the extent of lysis of mammalian red blood cells (RBC). Briefly, in this assay, red blood cells are separated from whole blood by centrifugation and washed free of plasma components. A 5% (v/v) washed red blood cell suspension is prepared in isotonic saline. An aliquot of peptide in formulation is then added and mixed in. After incubation at 37° C. for 1 hour with constant agitation, the solution is centrifuged and the supernatant measured for absorbance at 540 nm to detect released hemoglobin. When compared with the absorbance for a 100% lysed standard, a relative measure of the amount of hemoglobin that has been released from inside the red blood cells is determined and hence the ability of the peptide/formulation to cause red blood cell lysis.

[0441] Three peptide analogues, MBI 10CN, MBI 11 and MBI 11CN, in formulation C1 at 800 μg/ml cause substantial lysis, which is due primarily to the pH of the buffer. In contrast, formulation D has a more neutral pH and causes significantly less lysis. Under these conditions, MBI 10CN, MBI 11, and MBI 11CN are essentially non-lytic, resulting in 3.9, 2.3, and 3.2% lysis, respectively.

[0442] Various cationic peptides are tested for the extent of erythrocyte lysis. As shown in the following table, very little toxicity is observed.

	TABLE 29
	Peptide #	% Lysis	Peptide #	% Lysis
	Apidaecin 1A	0.3	MBI 11D13H	1.7
	MBI 10CN	4.3	MBI 11D14CN	1.1
	MBI 11CN	0.8	MBI 11D15CN	0.9
	MBI 11A1CN	0.5	MBI 11D18CN	0.8
	MBI 11A2CN	0.1	MBI 11E1CN	0.8
	MBI 11A3CN	0.0	MBI F11E2CN	0.5
	MBI 11A4CN	0.3	MBI 11E3CN	1.3
	MBI 11A5CN	0.3	MBI 11F1CN	2.1
	MBI 11A6CN	0.7	MBI 11F2CN	1.4
	MBI 11A7CN	0.5	MBI 11G3CN	0.5
	MBI 11B1CN	3.1	MBI 11G5CN	0.6
	MBI 11B2CN	3.2	MBI 11G6CN	0.6
	MBI 11B3CN	3.3	MBI 11G7CN	1.5
	MBI 11B4CN	1.6	MBI 11G13CN	0.2
	MBI 11B5CN	1.7	MBI 11G14CN	1.1
	MBI 11B7CN	3.2	MBI 21A2	0.5
	MBI 11B8CN	1.1	MBI 26	0.6
	MBI 11B9CN	0.4	MBI 27	2.7
	MBI 11B10CN	0.2	MBI 28	4.7
	MBI 11D3CN	0.8	MBI 29	1.9
	MBI 11D4CN	0.9	MBI 29A3	2.0
	MBI 11D5CN	0.7	MBI 31	0.3
	MBI 11D6CN	1.1
	MBI 11D11H	0.7

[0443] A combination of cationic peptide and antibiotic agent is tested for toxicity towards eukaryotic cells by measuring the extent of lysis of mammalian red blood cells. Briefly, red blood cells are separated from whole blood by centrifugation, washed free of plasma components, and resuspended to a 5% (v/v) suspension in isotonic saline. The peptide and antibiotic agent are pre-mixed in isotonic saline, or other acceptable solution, and an aliquot of this solution is added to the red blood cell suspension. Following incubation with constant agitation at 37° C. for 1 hour, the solution is centrifuged, and the absorbance of the supernatant is measured at 540 nm, which detects released hemoglobin. Comparison to the A540 for a 100% lysed standard provides a relative measure of hemoglobin release from red blood cells, indicating the lytic ability of the cationic peptide and antibiotic agent combination.

[0444] A red blood cell (RBC) lysis assay is used to group peptides according to their ability to lyse RBC under standardized conditions compared with MBI 11CN and Gramicidin-S. Peptide samples and washed sheep RBC are prepared in isotonic saline with the final pH adjusted to between 6 and 7. Peptide samples and RBC suspension are mixed together to yield solutions that are 1% (v/v) RBC and 5, 50 or 500 μg/ml peptide. The assay is performed as described above. Each set of assays also includes MBI 11CN (500 μg/ml) and Gramicidin-S (5 μg/ml) as “low lysis” and “high lysis” controls, respectively.

[0445] MBI11B7CN, MBI11F3CN and MBI11F4CN are tested using this procedure and the results are presented in Table 30 below.

	TABLE 30
		% lysis at	% lysis at	% lysis at
	Peptide	5 μg/ml	50 μg/ml	500 μg/ml
	MBI 11B7CN	4	13	46
	MBI 11F3CN	1	6	17
	MBI 11F4CN	4	32	38
	MBI 11CN	N/D	N/D	9
	Gramicidin-S	30	N/D	N/D
	N/D = not done

[0446] Peptides that at 5 μg/ml lyse RBC to an equal or greater extent than Gramicidin-S, the “high lysis” control, are considered to be highly lytic. Peptides that at 500 μg/ml lyse RBC to an equal to or lesser extent than MBI 11CN, the “low lysis” control, are considered to be non-lytic. The three analogues tested are all “moderately lytic” as they cause more lysis than MBI 11CN and less than Gramicidin S. In addition one of the analogues, MBI-11F3CN, is significantly less lytic than the other two variants at all three concentrations tested.

Example 14

Production of Antibodies to Peptide Analogues

[0447] Multiple antigenic peptides (MAPs), which contain four or eight copies of the target peptide linked to a small non-immunogenic peptidyl core, are prepared as immunogens. Alternatively, the target peptide is conjugated to bovine serum albumin (BSA) or ovalbumin. For example, MBI 11B7 conjugated to ovalbumin is used as an immunogen. The immunogens are injected subcutaneously into rabbits to raise IgG antibodies using standard protocols (see, Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988). After repeated boosters (usually monthly), serum from a blood sample is tested in an ELISA against the target peptide. A positive result indicates the presence of antibodies and further tests determine the specificity of the antibody binding to the target peptide. Purified antibodies can then be isolated from this serum and used in ELISAs to selectively identify and measure the amount of the target peptide in research and clinical samples.

Example 15

Pharmacology of Cationic Peptides in Plasma and Blood

[0448] The in vitro lifetime of free peptides in plasma and in blood is determined by measuring the amount of peptide present after set incubation times. Blood is collected from sheep, treated with an anticoagulant (not heparin) and, for plasma preparation, centrifuged to remove cells. Formulated peptide is added to either the plasma fraction or to whole blood and incubated. Following incubation, peptide is identified and quantified directly by reversed phase HPLC or an antibody-based assay. The antibiotic agent is quantified by a suitable assay, selected on the basis of its structure. Chromatographic conditions are as described above. Extraction is not required as the free peptide peak does not overlie any peaks from blood or plasma.

[0449] A 1 mg/mL solution of MBI 11CN in formulations C1 and D is added to freshly prepared sheep plasma at a final peptide concentration of 100 μg/mL and incubated at 37° C. At various times, aliquots of plasma are removed and analyzed for free peptide by reversed phase HPLC. From each chromatogram, the area of the peak corresponding to free peptide is integrated and plotted against time of incubation. As shown in FIG. 11, peptide levels diminish over time. Moreover, when administered in formulation D, up to 50% of the peptide is immediately released from formulation-peptide complex on addition to the blood. The decay curve for free peptide yields an apparent half-life in blood of 90 minutes for both formulation C1 and D. These results indicate that in sheep's blood MBI 11CN is relatively resistant to plasma peptidases and proteases. New peaks that appeared during incubation may be breakdown products of the peptide.

[0450] A 1 mg/mL solution of MBI 11B7CN in isotonic saline is added to freshly prepared heat-inactivated rabbit serum, to give a final peptide concentration of 100 μg/mL and is incubated at 32° C. The peptide levels detected are shown in FIG. 12.

[0451] A series of peptide stability studies are performed to investigate the action of protease inhibitors on peptide degradation. Peptide is added to rabbit serum or plasma, either with or without protease inhibitors, then incubated at 22° C. for 3 hrs. Protease inhibitors tested include amastatin, bestatin, COMPLETE protease inhibitor cocktail, leupeptin, pepstatin A and EDTA. Amastatin and bestatin at 100 μM prevent the degradation of MBI 11B7CN in plasma over 3 hrs (FIG. 13). For this experiments 10 mM stock solutions of amastatin and bestatin are prepared in dimethylsulfoxide. These solutions are diluted 1:100 in heat-inactivated rabbit serum and incubated at 22° C. for 15 mins prior to addition of peptide. MBI 11B7CN is added to the serum at a final concentration of 100 μg/mL and incubated for 3 hrs at 22° C. After the incubation period, the serum samples are analyzed on an analytical C8 column (Waters Nova Pak C8 3.9×170 mm) with detection at 280 nm. In FIG. 13, MBI 11B7CN elutes at 25 min.

[0452] Peptide is extracted from plasma using C8 Sep Pak cartridges at peptide concentrations between 0 and 50 μg/mL. Each extraction also contains MBI 11CN at 10 μg/mL as an internal standard. Immediately after addition of the peptides to fresh rabbit plasma, the samples are mixed then diluted 1:10 with a 1% aqueous trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) solution, to give a final TFA concentration of 0.1%. Five hundred μL of this solution is immediately loaded onto a C8 Sep Pak cartridge and eluted with 0.1% TFA in 40% acetonitrile/60% H2O. Twenty μL of this eluant is loaded onto a 4.6×45 mm analytical C18 column and is eluted with an acetonitrile gradient of 25% to 65% over 8 column volumes. The peptides are detected at 280 nm. A chromatogram showing the extraction MBI 11B7CN with MBI 11CN as an internal standard is shown in FIG. 14. MBI 11B7CN and MBI 11CN elute at 5 and 3 min respectively. MBI 11B7CN is detected over background at concentrations of 5 μg/mL and above.

[0453] Peptide levels in plasma in vivo are measured after iv or ip administration of 80-100% of the maximum tolerated dose of peptide analogue in either formulation C1 or D. MBI 11CN in formulation C1 is injected intravenously into the tail vein of CD1 ICRBR strain mice. At various times post-injection, mice are anesthetized and blood is drawn by cardiac puncture. Blood from individual mice is centrifuged to separate plasma from cells. Plasma is then analyzed by reversed phase HPLC column. The resulting elution profiles are analyzed for free peptide content by UV absorbance at 280 nm, and these data are converted to concentrations in blood based upon a calibrated standard. Each data point represents the average blood level from two mice. In this assay, the detection limit is approximately 1 μg/ml, less than 3% of the dose administered

[0454] The earliest time point at which peptide can be measured is three minutes following injection, thus, the maximum observed concentration (in μg/ml) is extrapolated back to time zero (FIG. 15). The projected initial concentration corresponds well to the expected concentration of between 35 and 45 μg/ml. Decay is rapid, however, and when the curve is fitted to the equation for exponential decay, free circulating peptide is calculated to have a half life of 2.1 minutes. Free circulating peptide was not detectable in the blood of mice that were injected with MBI 11CN in formulation D, suggesting that peptide is not released as quickly from the complex as in vitro.

[0455] In addition, MBI 11CN is also administered to CD1 ICRBR strain mice by a single ip injection at an efficacious dose level of 40 mg/kg. Peptide is administered in both formulations C1 and D to determine if peptide complexation has any effect on blood levels. At various times post injection, mice are anesthetized and blood is drawn by cardiac puncture. Blood is collected and analyzed as for the iv injection.

[0456] MBI 11CN administered by this route demonstrated a quite different pharmacologic profile (FIG. 16). In formulation C1, peptide entered the blood stream quickly, with a peak concentration of nearly 5 μg/ml after 15 minutes, which declined to non-detectable levels after 60 minutes. In contrast, peptide in formulation D is present at a level above 2 μg/ml for approximately two hours. Therefore, formulation affects entry into, and maintenance of levels of peptide in the blood.

[0457] The in vivo lifetime of the cationic peptide and antibiotic agent combination is determined by administration, typically by intravenous or intraperitoneal injection, of 80-100% of the maximum tolerable dose of the combination in a suitable animal model, typically a mouse. At set times post-injection, each group of animals are anesthetized, blood is drawn, and plasma obtained by centrifugation. The amount of peptide or agent in the plasma supernatant is analyzed as for the in vitro determination.

Example 16

Toxicity of Cationic Peptides In Vivo

[0458] The acute, single dose toxicity of various indolicidin analogues is tested in Swiss CD1 mice using various routes of administration. In order to determine the inherent toxicities of the peptide analogues in the absence of any formulation/delivery vehicle effects, the peptides are all administered in isotonic saline with the final pH between 6 and 7.

[0459] Intraperitoneal route. Groups of 6 mice are injected with peptide doses of between 80 and 5 mg/kg in 500 μl dose volumes. After peptide administration, the mice are observed for a period of 5 days, at which time the dose causing 50% mortality (LD50), the dose causing 90-100% mortality (LD90-100) and maximum tolerated dose (MTD) levels are determined. The LD50 values are calculated using the method of Reed and Muench (J. of Amer. Hyg. 27:493-497, 1938). The results presented in Table 31 show that the LD50 values for MBI 11CN and analogues range from 21 to 52 mg/kg.

	TABLE 31
	Peptide	LD50	LD90-100	MTD
	MBI 11CN	34 mg/kg	40 mg/kg	20 mg/kg
	MBI 11B7CN	52 mg/kg	>80 mg/kg	30 mg/kg
	MBI 11E3CN	21 mg/kg	40 mg/kg	<20 mg/kg
	MBI 11F3CN	52 mg/kg	80 mg/kg	20 mg/kg

[0460] The single dose toxicity of a cationic peptide and antibiotic agent combination is examined in outbred ICR mice. Intraperitoneal injection of the combination in isotonic saline is carried out at increasing dose levels. The survival of the animals is monitored for 7 days. The number of animals surviving at each dose level is used to determine the maximum tolerated dose (MTD). In addition, the MTD can be determined after administration of the peptide and agent by different routes, at different time points, and in different formulations.

TABLE 32
Peptide # MTD / mg/kg
Intraperitoneal injection
MBI 10CN  >29
MBI 11CN  >40
MBI 26    >37
MBI 29    24
Intravenous injection
MBI 10CN  5.6
MBI 11CN  6.1
MBI 26    >18

[0461] The single dose toxicity of MBI 10CN and MBI 11CN is examined in outbred ICR mice (Table 32). Intraperitoneal injection (groups of 2 mice) of MBI 10CN in formulation D showed no toxicity up to 29 mg/kg and under the same conditions MBI 11CN showed no toxicity up to 40 mg/kg.

[0462] Intravenous route. Groups of 6 mice are injected with peptide doses of 20, 16, 12, 8, 4 and 0 mg/kg in 100 μl volumes (4 ml/kg). After administration, the mice are observed for a period of 5 days, at which time the LD50, LD90-100 and MTD levels are determined. The results from the IV toxicity testing of MBI 11CN and three analogues are shown in Table 33. The LD50, LD90-100 and MTD values range from 5.8 to 15 mg/kg, 8 to 20 mg/kg and <4 to 12 mg/kg respectively.

	TABLE 33
	Peptide	LD50	LD90-100	MTD
	MBI 11CN	5.8 mg/kg	8.0 mg/kg	<4 mg/kg
	MBI 11B7CN	7.5 mg/kg	16 mg/kg	4 mg/kg
	MBI 11F3CN	10 mg/kg	12 mg/kg	8 mg/kg
	MBI 11F4CN	15 mg/kg	20 mg/kg	12 mg/kg

[0463] Intravenous injection (groups of 10 mice) of MBI 10CN in formulation D showed an MTD of 5.6 mg/kg. Injection of 11 mg/kg gave 40% toxicity and 22 mg/kg gave 100% toxicity. Intravenous injection of MBI 11CN in formulation C (lyophilized) showed a MTD of 3.0 mg/kg. Injection at 6.1 mg/kg gave 10% toxicity and at 12 mg/kg 100% toxicity.

	TABLE 34
					MTD
	Peptide	Route	# Animals	Formulation	(mg/kg)
	MBI 10CN	ip	2	formulation D	29
	MBI 11CN	ip	2	formulation D	40
	MBI 10CN	iv	10	formulation D	5.6
	MBI 11CN	iv	10	formulation C	3.0
				(lyophilized)

[0464] These results are obtained using peptide/buffer solutions that were lyophilized after preparation and reconstituted with water. If the peptide solution is not lyophilized before injection, but used immediately after preparation, an increase in toxicity is seen, and the maximum tolerated dose can decrease by up to four-fold. For example, an intravenous injection of MBI 11CN as a non-lyophilized solution, formulation C1, at 1.5 mg/kg gives 20% toxicity and at 3.0 mg/kg gives 100% toxicity. HPLC analyses of the non-lyophilized and lyophilized formulations indicate that the MBI 11CN forms a complex with Tween 80, and this complexation of the peptide reduces its toxicity in mice.

[0465] In addition, mice are multiply injected by an intravenous route with MBI 11CN (Table 35). In one representative experiment, peptide administered in 10 injections of 0.84 mg/kg at 5 minute intervals is not toxic. However, two injections of peptide at 4.1 mg/kg administered with a 10 minute interval results in 60% toxicity.

TABLE 35
			Dose
			Level	#	Time
Peptide	Route	Formulation	(mg/kg)	Injections	Interval	Result
MBI 11CN	iv	formulation D	0.84	10	5 min	no toxicity
MBI 11CN	iv	formulation D	4.1	2	10 min	66% toxicity

[0466] Subcutaneous route. The toxicity of MBI 11CN is also determined after subcutaneous (SC) administration. For SC toxicity testing, groups of 6 mice are injected with peptide doses of 128, 96, 64, 32 and 0 mg/kg in 300 μL dose volumes (12 mL/kg). After administration, the mice are observed for a period of 5 days. None of the animals died at any of the dose levels within the 5 day observation period. Therefore, the LD50, LD90-100 and MTD are all taken to be greater than 128 mg/kg. Mice receiving higher dose levels showed symptoms similar to those seen after IV injection suggesting that peptide entered the systemic circulation. These symptoms are reversible, disappearing in all mice by the second day of observations.

[0467] The single dose toxicity of MBI 10CN and MBI 11CN in different formulations is also examined in outbred ICR mice (Table 36). Intraperitoneal injection (groups of 2 mice) of MBI 10CN in formulation D show no toxicity up to 29 mg/kg and under the same conditions MBI 11CN show no toxicity up to 40 mg/kg.

[0468] Intravenous injection (groups of 10 mice) of MBI 10CN in formulation D show a maximum tolerated dose (MTD) of 5.6 mg/kg (Table 36). Injection of 11 mg/kg gave 40% toxicity and 22 mg/kg result in 100% toxicity. Intravenous injection of MBI 11CN in formulation C (lyophilized) show a MTD of 3.0 mg/kg. Injection at 6.1 mg/kg result in 10% toxicity and at 12 mg/kg 100% toxicity.

	TABLE 36
					MTD
	Peptide	Route	# Animals	Formulation	(mg/kg)
	MBI 10CN	ip	2	formulation D	>29
	MBI 11CN	ip	2	formulation D	>40
	MBI 10CN	iv	10	formulation D	5.6
	MBI 11CN	iv	10	formulation C	3.0
				(lyophilized)

[0469] These results are obtained using peptide/buffer solutions that are lyophilized after preparation and reconstituted with water. If the peptide solution is not lyophilized before injection, but used immediately after preparation, an increase in toxicity is seen, and the maximum tolerated dose can decrease by up to four-fold. For example, an intravenous injection of MBI 11CN as a non-lyophilized solution, formulation C1, at 1.5 mg/kg results in 20% toxicity and at 3.0 mg/kg gave 100% toxicity. HPLC analyses of the non-lyophilized and lyophilized formulations indicate that the MBI 11CN forms a complex with polysorbate, and this complexation of the peptide reduces its toxicity in mice.

[0470] In addition, mice are multiply injected by an intravenous route with MBI 11CN (Table 37). In one representative experiment, peptide administered in 10 injections of 0.84 mg/kg at 5 minute intervals is not lethal. However, two injections of peptide at 4.1 mg/kg administered with a 10 minute interval results in 60% mortality.

TABLE 37
			Dose	#	Time
Peptide	Route	Formulation	Level*	Injections	Interval	Result
MBI 11CN	iv	formulation D	0.84	10	5 min	no mortality
MBI 11CN	iv	formulation D	4.1	2	10 min	66%
						mortality
*(mg/kg)

[0471] To assess the impact of dosing mice with peptide analogue, a series of histopathology investigations can be carried out. Groups of mice are administered analogue at dose levels that are either at, or below the MTD, or above the MTD, a lethal dose. Multiple injections may be used to mimic possible treatment regimes. Groups of control mice are not injected or injected with buffer only.

[0472] Following injection, mice are sacrificed at specified times and their organs immediately placed in a 10% balanced formalin solution. Mice that die as a result of the toxic effects of the analogue also have their organs preserved immediately. Tissue samples are taken and prepared as stained micro-sections on slides which are then examined microscopically. Damage to tissues is assessed and this information can be used to develop improved analogues, improved methods of administration or improved dosing regimes.

[0473] To assess the impact of dosing mice with peptide analogue, a series of histopathology investigations are carried out. Groups of two mice are administered MBI 11CN in formulation D by ip and iv injection. The dose levels are either at or below the MTD or a lethal dose above MTD. Groups of control mice are uninjected or injected with buffer only. At 0, 70 and 150 minutes after injection, the major organs of moribund or sacrificed mice are examined histologically for evidence of toxicity.

Mice given an iv injection of MBI 11CN are identified as follows:
Control Mouse A: No dose
Control Mouse B: Buffer Dose Only (no peptide)
M70A,B:          MBI 11CN, 4 mg/kg, 70 minute observation
M150A,B:         MBI 11CN, 4 mg/kg, 150 minute observation
MXA,B:           MBI 11CN, 12 mg/kg (lethal dose)
Mice given an ip injection of MBI 11CN are identified as follows:
Control Mouse A: No dose
Control Mouse B: Buffer Dose Only (no peptide)
M70A,B:          MBI 11CN, 40 mg/kg, 70 minute observation
M150A,B:         MBI 11CN, 40 mg/kg, 150 minute observation
MXA,B:           MBI 11CN, 80 mg/kg (lethal dose)

[0474] Following injection, the mice are sacrificed at the times indicated above and their organs immediately placed in a 10% balanced formalin solution. The tissue samples are prepared as stained micro-sections on slides and then examined microscopically.

[0475] Mice given a non-lethal dose were always lethargic, with raised fur and evidence of edema and hypertension, but recovered to normal within two hours. Tissues from these animals indicate that there was some damage to blood vessels, particularly within the liver and lung at both the observation times, but other initial abnormalities returned to normal within the 150 minute observation time. It is likely that blood vessel damage is a consequence of continuous exposure to high circulating peptide levels.

[0476] In contrast, mice given a lethal dose had completely normal tissues and organs, except for the liver and heart of the ip and iv dosed mice, respectively. In general, this damage is identified as disruption of the cells lining the blood vessels. It appears as though the rapid death of mice is due to this damage, and that the peptide did not penetrate beyond that point. Extensive damage to the hepatic portal veins in the liver and to the coronary arterioles in the heart was observed.

[0477] Further evidence points to a cumulative toxic effect, where the maximum dose iv is lethal when repeated after 10 minutes, but not when repeated after one hour.

Example 17

In Vivo Efficacy of Cationic Peptides

[0478] Cationic peptides are tested for their ability to rescue mice from lethal bacterial infections. The animal model used is an intraperitoneal (ip) inoculation of mice with 106-108 Gram-positive organisms with subsequent administration of peptide. The three pathogens investigated, methicillin-sensitive S. aureus (MSSA), methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA), or S. epidermidis are injected ip into mice. For untreated mice, death occurs within 12-18 hours with MSSA and S. epidermis and within 6-10 hours with MRSA.

[0479] Peptide is administered by two routes, intraperitoneally, at one hour post-infection, or intravenously, with single or multiple doses given at various times pre- and post-infection.

[0480] MSSA infection. In a typical protocol, groups of 10 mice are infected intraperitoneally with a LD90-100 dose (5.2×106 CFU/mouse) of MSSA (Smith, ATCC # 19640) injected in brain-heart infusion containing 5% mucin. This strain of S. aureus is not resistant to any common antibiotics. At 60 minutes post-infection, MBI 10CN or MBI 11CN, in formulation D, is injected intraperitoneally at the stated dose levels. An injection of formulation alone serves as a negative control and administration of ampicillin serves as a positive control. The survival of the mice is monitored at 1, 2, 3 and 4 hrs post-infection and twice daily thereafter for a total of 8 days.

[0481] As shown in FIG. 17, MBI 10CN is maximally active against MSSA (70-80% survival) at doses of 14.5 to 38.0 mg/kg, although 100% survival is not achieved. Below 14.5 mg/kg, there is clear dose-dependent survival. At these lower dose levels, there appears to be an animal-dependent threshold, as the mice either die by day 2 or survive for the full eight day period. As seen in FIG. 18, MBI 11CN, on the other hand, rescued 100% of the mice from MSSA infection at a dose level of 35.7 mg/kg, and was therefore as effective as ampicillin. There was little or no activity at any of the lower dose levels, which indicates that a minimum bloodstream peptide level must be achieved during the time that bacteria are a danger to the host.

[0482] As shown above, blood levels of MBI 11CN can be sustained at a level of greater than 2 μg/ml for a two hour period inferring that this is higher than the minimum level.

[0483] Additionally, eight variants based on the sequence of MBI 11CN are tested against MSSA using the experimental system described above. Peptides prepared in formulation D are administered at dose levels ranging from 12 to 24 mg/kg and the survival of the infected mice is monitored for eight days (FIGS. 19-27). The percentage survival at the end of the observation period for each variant is summarized in Table 38. As shown in the table, several of the variants showed efficacy greater than or equal to MBI 11CN under these conditions.

TABLE 38
% Survival	24 mg/kg	18 mg/kg	12 mg/kg
100
90	11B1CN, 11F3CN
80
70		11E3CN
60	11B7CN
50	11CN
40	11G2CN
30		11B1CN
20	11G4CN
10		11CN, 11B7CN,	11G2CN
		11B8CN, 11F3CN
0	11A1CN	11A1CN, 11G2CN,	11CN, 11A1CN, 11B1CN,
		11G4CN	11B7CN, 11B8CN,
			11F3CN, 11G4CN

[0484] S. epidermidis infection. Peptide analogues generally have lower MIC values against S. epidermidis in vitro, therefore, lower blood peptide levels might be more effective against infection.

[0485] In a typical protocol, groups of 10 mice are injected intraperitoneally with an LD90-100 dose (2.0×108 CFU/mouse) of S. epidermidis (ATCC # 12228) in brain-heart infusion broth containing 5% mucin. This strain of S. epidermidis is 90% lethal after 5 days. At 15 mins and 60 mins post-infection, various doses of MBI 11CN in formulation D are injected intravenously via the tail vein. An injection of formulation only serves as the negative control and injection of gentamicin serves as the positive control; both are injected at 60 minutes post-infection. The survival of the mice is monitored at 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8 hrs post-infection and twice daily thereafter for a total of 8 days.

[0486] As shown in FIGS. 28A and 28B, MBI 11CN prolongs the survival of the mice. Efficacy is observed at all three dose levels with treatment 15 minutes post-infection, however, there is less activity at 30 minutes post-infection and no significant effect at 60 minutes post-infection. Time of administration appears to be important in this model system, with a single injection of 6.1 mg/kg 15 minutes post-infection giving the best survival rate.

[0487] MRSA infection. MRSA infection, while lethal in a short period of time, requires a much higher bacterial load than MSSA. In a typical protocol, groups of 10 mice are injected intraperitoneally with a LD90-100 dose (4.2×107 CFU/mouse) of MRSA (ATCC # 33591 in brain-heart infusion containing 5% mucin. The treatment protocols are as follows, with the treatment time relative to the time of infection:

0 mg/kg          Formulation D alone (negative control), injected at
                 0 mins
5 mg/kg          Three 5.5 mg/kg injections at −5, +55, and +115 mins
1 mg/kg (2 hr)   Five 1.1 mg/kg injections at −5, +55, +115, +175
                 and +235 mins
1 mg/kg (20 min) Five 1.1 mg/kg injections at −10, −5, 0, +5, and
                 +10 mins
Vancomycin       (positive control) injected at 0 mins

[0488] MBI 11CN is injected intravenously in the tail vein in formulation D. Survival of mice is recorded at 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 20, 24 and 30 hrs post-infection and twice daily thereafter for a total of 8 days. There was no change in the number of surviving mice after 24 hrs (FIG. 29).

[0489] The 1 mg/kg (20 min) treatment protocol, with injections 5 minutes apart centered on the infection time, delayed the death of the mice to a significant extent with one survivor remaining at the end of the study. The results presented in Table 39 suggest that a sufficiently high level of MBI 11CN maintained over a longer time period would increase the number of mice surviving. The 5 mg/kg and 1 mg/kg (2 hr) results, where there is no improvement in survivability over the negative control, indicates that injections 1 hour apart, even at a higher level, are not effective against MRSA.

TABLE 39
Time of Observation	Percentage of Animals Surviving
(Hours post-infection)	No Treatment	Treatment
6	50%	70%
8	0	40%
10	0	30%
12	0	20%

Example 18

Activation of Polysorbate 80 by Ultraviolet Light

[0490] A solution of 2% (w/w) polysorbate 80 is prepared in water and 200 ml are placed in a 250 mL crystallizing dish or over suitable container. Containers must have a clear light path. Cover the vessel with a piece of UV transparent plastic wrap or other UV transparent material. In addition, the material should allow the exchange of air but minimize evaporation.

[0491] The solution is irradiated with ultraviolet light using a lamp emitting at 254 nm. Irradiation can also be performed using a lamp emitting at 302 nm. The solution should be stirred continuously to maximize the rate of activation. The activation is complete within 72 hours using a lamp with a output of 1800 μW/cm2. The reaction is monitored by a reversed-phased HPLC assay, which measures the formation of APO-MBI 11CN-Tw80 when the light-activated polysorbate is reacted with MBI 11CN.

[0492] Some properties of activated polysorbate are determined. Because peroxides are a known by-product of exposing ethers to UV light, peroxide formation is examined through the effect of reducing agents on the activated polysorbate. As seen in FIG. 30A, activated polysorbate readily reacts with MBI 11CN. Pre-treatment with 2-mercaptoethanol (FIG. 30B), a mild reducing agent, eliminates detectable peroxides, but does not cause a loss of conjugate forming ability. Treatment with sodium borohydride (FIG. 30C), eliminates peroxides and eventually eliminates the ability of activated polysorbate to modify peptides. Hydrolysis of the borohydride in water raises the pH and produces borate as a hydrolysis product. However, neither a pH change nor borate are responsible.

[0493] These data indicate that peroxides are not involved in the modification of peptides by activated polysorbate. Sodium borohydride should not affect epoxides or esters in aqueous media, suggesting that the reactive group is an aldehyde or ketone. The presence of aldehydes in the activated polysorbate is confirmed by using a formaldehyde test, which is specific for aldehydes including aldehydes other than formaldehyde.

[0494] Furthermore, activated polysorbate is treated with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (DNPH) in an attempt to capture the reactive species. Three DNPH-tagged components are purified and analyzed by mass spectroscopy. These components are polysorbate-derived with molecular weights between 1000 and 1400. This indicates that low molecular weight aldehydes, such as formaldehyde or acetaldehyde, are involved.

Example 19

Activation of Polysorbate 80 by Ammonium Persulfate

[0495] A 200 mL solution of 2% (w/w) polysorbate 80 is prepared in water. To this solution, 200 mg of ammonium persulfate is added while stirring. The reaction is stirred for 1-2 hours with protection from ambient light. If a solution of less than 0.1% (w/w) ammonium persulfate is used, then exposure to ultraviolet light at 254 nm during this period is used to help complete the reaction. The peroxide level in the reaction is determined using a test kit. Peroxides are reduced by titration with 2-mercaptoethanol.

Example 20

Formation of APO-Modified Peptides

[0496] APO-modified peptides are prepared either in solid phase or liquid phase. For solid phase preparation, 0.25 ml of 4 mg/ml of MBI 11CN is added to 0.5 ml of 0.4 M Acetic acid-NaOH pH 4.6 followed by addition of 0.25 ml of UV-activated polysorbate. The reaction mix is frozen by placing it in a −80° C. freezer. After freezing, the reaction mix is lyophilized overnight.

[0497] For preparing the conjugates in an aqueous phase, a sample of UV activated polysorbate 80 is first adjusted to a pH of 7.5 by the addition of 0.1M NaOH. This pH adjusted solution (0.5 ml) is added to 1.0 ml of 100 mM sodium carbonate, pH 10.0, followed immediately by the addition of 0.5 ml of 4 mg/ml of MBI 11CN. The reaction mixture is incubated at ambient temperature for 22 hours. The progress of the reaction is monitored by analysis at various time points using RP-HPLC (FIG. 31). In FIG. 31, peak 2 is unreacted peptide, peak 3 is APO-modified peptide. Type 1 is the left-most of peak 3 and Type 2 is the right-most of peak 3.

[0498] The table below summarizes data from several experiments. Unless otherwise noted in the table, the APO-modified peptides are prepared via the lyophilization method in 200 mM acetic acid-NaOH buffer, pH 4.6.

	TABLE 40
	COMPLEX
SEQUENCE	NAME	TYPE 1	TYPE 2
ILKKWPWWPWRRKamide	11CN
Solid phase, pH 2.0		Yes	Low
Solid phase, pH 4.6		Yes	Yes
Solid phase, pH 5.0		Yes	Yes
Solid phase, pH 6.0		Yes	Yes
Solid phase, pH 8.3		Yes	Yes
Solution, pH 2.0		Trace	Trace
Solution, pH 10.0		Yes	Yes-Slow
(Ac)4-ILKKWPWWPWRRKamide	11CN-Y1	No	No
ILRRWPWWPWRRKamide	11B1CN	Yes	Lowered
ILRWPWWPWRRKamide	11B7CN	Yes	Lowered
ILWPWWPWRRKamide	11B8CN	Yes	Lowered
ILRRWPWWPWRRRamide	11B9CN	Yes	Trace
ILKKWPWWPWKKKamide	11B10CN	Yes	Yes
iLKKWPWWPWRRkamide	11E3CN	Yes	Yes
ILKKWVWWPWRRKamide	11F3CN	Yes	Yes
ILKKWPWWPWKamide	11G13CN	Yes	Yes
ILKKWPWWPWRamide	11G14CN	Yes	Trace

[0499] The modification of amino groups is further analyzed by determining the number of primary amino groups lost during attachment. The unmodified and modified peptides are treated with 2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (TNBS) (R. L. Lundblad in Techniques in Protein Modification and Analysis pp. 151-154, 1995).

[0500] Briefly, a stock solution of MBI 11CN at 4 mg/ml and an equimolar solution of APO-modified MBI 11CN are prepared. A 0.225 ml aliquot of MBI 11CN or APO-modified MBI 11CN is mixed with 0.225 ml of 200 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 8.8. A 0.450 ml aliquot of 1% TNBS is added to each sample, and the reaction is incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes. The absorbance at 367 nm is measured, and the number of modified primary amino groups per molecule is calculated using an extinction coefficient of 10,500 M−1 cm−1 for the trinitrophenyl (TNP) derivatives.

[0501] The primary amino group content of the parent peptide is then compared to the corresponding APO-modified peptide. As shown below, the loss of a single primary amino group occurs during formation of modified peptide. Peptides possessing a 3,4 lysine pair consistently give results that are 1 residue lower than expected, which may reflect steric hindrance after titration of one member of the doublet.

TABLE 41
		TNP/APO-
		modified
PEPTIDE SEQUENCE	TNP/PEPTIDE	peptide	CHANGE
ILKKWPWWPWRRKamide	2.71	1.64	1.07
ILRRWPWWPWRRKamide	1.82	0.72	1.10
IlKKWPWWPWRRkamide	2.69	1.61	1.08
ILKKWVWWPWRRKamide	2.62	1.56	1.06

[0502] Stability of APO-modified peptide analogues

[0503] APO-modified peptides demonstrate a high degree of stability under conditions that promote the dissociation of ionic or hydrophobic complexes. APO-modified peptide in formulation D is prepared as 800 μg/ml solutions in water, 0.9% saline, 8M urea, 8M guanidine-HCl, 67% 1-propanol, 1M HCl and 1M NaOH and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Samples are analyzed for the presence of free peptide using reversed phase HPLC and the following chromatographic conditions:

[0504] Solvent A: 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in water

[0505] Solvent B: 0.1% TFA/95% acetonitrile in water

[0506] Media: POROS R2-20 (polystyrene divinylbenzene)

[0507] Elution: 0% B for 5 column volumes

[0508] 0-25% B in 3 column volumes

[0509] 25% B for 10 column volumes

[0510] 25-95% B in 3 column volumes

[0511] 95% B for 10 column volumes

[0512] Under these conditions, free peptide elutes exclusively during the 25% B step and formulation-peptide complex during the 95% B step. None of the dissociating conditions mentioned above, with the exception of 1M NaOH in which some degradation is observed, are successful in liberating free peptide from APO-modified peptide. Additional studies are carried out with incubation at 55° C. or 85° C. for one hour. APO-modified peptide is equally stable at 55° C. and is only slightly less stable at 85° C. Some acid hydrolysis, indicated by the presence of novel peaks in the HPLC chromatogram, is observed with the 1M HCl sample incubated at 85° C. for one hour.

Example 21

Purification of APO-Modified MBI 11CN

[0513] A large scale preparation of APO-modified MBI 11CN is purified. Approximately 400 mg of MBI 11CN is APO-modified and dissolved in 20 ml of water. Unreacted MBI 11CN is removed by RP-HPLC. The solvent is then evaporated from the APO-modified MBI 11CN pool, and the residue is dissolved in 10 ml methylene chloride. The modified peptide is then precipitated with 10 ml diethyl ether. After 5 min at ambient temperature, the precipitate is collected by centrifugation at 5000×g for 10 minutes. The pellet is washed with 5 ml of diethyl ether and again collected by centrifugation at 5000×g for 10 minutes. The supernatants are pooled for analysis of unreacted polysorbate by-products. The precipitate is dissolved in 6 ml of water and then flushed with nitrogen by bubbling for 30 minutes to remove residual ether. The total yield from the starting MBI 11CN was 43%.

[0514] The crude APO-MB129-Tw80 prepared from 200 mg of MBI 29 is suspended in 40 mL of methylene chloride and sonicated for 5 minutes to disperse large particles. The suspension is centrifuged in appropriate containers (Corning glass) at 3000-4000×g for 15 minutes at 10° C. to sediment insoluble material. The supernatant is decanted and saved.

[0515] The sediment is extracted twice more by adding 40 mL portions methylene chloride to the sediment and repeating the sonication/centrifugation step. The supernatants from the three extractions are pooled and concentrated 8-10 fold using a rotary evaporator. The solution is transferred to centrifuge tubes and 3 volumes of diethyl ether are added. The mixture is incubated for 15 minutes, then centrifuged at 3000-4000×g for 15 minutes at 10° C. to sediment the product. The supernatant is decanted and discarded. The residual ether may be removed with a stream of nitrogen.

Example 22

Biological Assays to Measure APO-Cationic Peptide Activity

[0516] All biological assays that compare APO-modified peptides with unmodified peptides are performed on an equimolar ratio. The concentration of APO-modified peptides can be determined by spectrophotometric measurement, which is used to normalize concentrations for biological assays. For example, a 1 mg/ml APO-modified MBI 11CN solution contains the same amount of peptide as a 1 mg/ml MBI 11CN solution, thus allowing direct comparison of toxicity and efficacy data.

[0517] APO-modified peptides are at least as potent as the parent peptides in in vitro assays performed as described herein. MIC values against gram positive bacteria are presented for several APO-modified peptides and compared with the values obtained using the parent peptides (Table 5). The results indicate that the modified peptides are at least as potent in vitro as the parent peptides and may be more potent than the parent peptides against E. faecalis strains.

[0518] The agarose dilution assay measures antimicrobial activity of peptides and peptide analogues, which is expressed as the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) of the peptides. This assay is performed as described above. Representative MICs for various modified and unmodified cationic peptides are shown in the Table below.

	TABLE 42
	MIC (μg/mL)
	Organism		APO-
Organism	#	APO-Peptide	Peptide	Peptide
A. calcoaceticus	AC002	MBI11CN-Tw80	4	4
A. calcoaceticus	AC002	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	4	2
A. calcoaceticus	AC002	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	4	2
A. calcoaceticus	AC002	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	2	2
A. calcoaceticus	AC002	MBI11B7CN-F12-	1	1
		Tx114r
A. calcoaceticus	AC002	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	2	1
A. calcoaceticus	AC002	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	8	2
A. calcoaceticus	AC002	MBI11F4CN-Tw80	4	4
A. calcoaceticus	AC002	MBI29-Tw80	4	1
E. cloacae	ECL007	MBI11CN-Tw80	>128	>128
E. cloacae	ECL007	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	128	>128
E. cloacae	ECL007	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	>128	128
E. cloacae	ECL007	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	128	128
E. cloacae	ECL007	MBI11B7CN-F12-	>128	>128
		Tx114r
E. cloacae	ECL007	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	128	>128
E. cloacae	ECL007	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	128	>128
E. cloacae	ECL007	MBI11F4CN-Tw80	64	32
E. cloacae	ECL007	MBI29-Tw80	32	>64
E. coli	ECO005	MBI11CN-Tw80	16	8
E. coli	ECO005	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	8	8
E. coli	ECO005	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	16	4
E. coli	ECO005	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	16	4
E. coli	ECO005	MBI11B7CN-F12-	32	16
		Tx114r
E. coli	ECO005	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	8	4
E. coli	ECO005	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	128	16
E. coli	ECO005	MBI11F4CN-Tw80	8	8
E. coli	ECO005	MBI29-Tw80	16	4
E. faecalis	EFS001	MBI11CN-Tw80	8	32
E. faecalis	EFS001	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	4	32
E. faecalis	EFS001	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	8	8
E. faecalis	EFS001	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	0.5	0.5
E. faecalis	EFS001	MBI11B7CN-F12-	0.5	0.5
		Tx114r
E. faecalis	EFS001	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	4	8
E. faecalis	EFS001	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	8	32
F. faecalis	EFS001	MBI29-Tw80	0.5	0.5
F. faecalis	EFS004	MBI11CN-Tw80	4	8
E. faecalis	EFS004	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	4	8
E. faecalis	EFS004	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	8	8
E. faecalis	EFS004	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	4	2
E. faecalis	EFS004	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	4	16
E. faecalis	EFS008	MBI11CN-Tw80	1	16
E. faecalis	EFS008	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	1	2
E. faecalis	EFS008	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	1	2
E. faecalis	EFS008	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	2	4
E. faecalis	EFS008	MBI11B7CN-F12-	2	2
		Tx114r
F. faecalis	EFS008	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	1	2
E. faecalis	EFS008	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	4	16
E. faecalis	EFS008	MBI11F4CN-Tw80	2	2
E. faecalis	EFS008	MBI29-Tw80	2	0.5
K. pneumoniae	KP001	MBI11CN-Tw80	8	16
K. pneumoniae	KP001	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	8	8
K. pneumoniae	KP001	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	8	4
K. pneumoniae	KP001	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	8	8
K. pneumoniae	KP001	MBI11B7CN-F12-	32	16
		Tx114r
K. pneumoniae	KP001	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	4	8
K. pneumoniae	KP001	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	128	64
K. pneumoniae	KP001	MBI11F4CN-Tw80	8	4
K. pneumoniae	KP001	MBI29-Tw80	16	2
P. aeruginosa	PA004	MBI11CN-Tw80	>128	128
P. aeruginosa	PA004	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	128	64
P. aeruginosa	PA004	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	128	128
P. aeruginosa	PA004	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	128	128
P. aeruginosa	PA004	MBI11B7CN-F12-	>128	>128
		Tx114r
P. aeruginosa	PA004	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	64	32
P. aeruginosa	PA004	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	128	128
P. aeruginosa	PA004	MBI11F4CN-Tw80	128	32
P. aeruginosa	PA004	MBI29-Tw80	>64	16
S aureus	SA010	MBI11B1CN	4	1
S. aureus	SA010	MBI11B7CN	4	1
S. aureus	SA010	MBI11CN	4	2
S. aureus	SA010	MBI11E3CN	2	1
S. aureus	SA010	MBI11F3CN	4	2
S. aureus	SA010	MBI11CN-Tw80	16	8
S. aureus	SA010	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	16	4
S. aureus	SA011	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	16	4
S. aureus	SA011	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	16	4
S. aureus	SA011	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	16	8
S. aureus	SA014	MBI11CN-Tw80	2	1
S. aureus	SA014	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	2	1
S. aureus	SA014	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	1	2
S. aureus	SA014	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	2	2
S. aureus	SA014	MBI11B7CN-F12-	2	2
		Tx114r
S. aureus	SA014	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	1	1
S. aureus	SA014	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	8	8
S. aureus	SA014	MBI11F4CN-Tw80	2	2
S. aureus	SA014	MBI29-Tw80	2	1
S. aureus	SA018	MBI11CN-Tw80	64	64
S. aureus	SA018	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	32	16
S. aureus	SA018	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	32	16
S. aureus	SA018	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	32	16
S. aureus	SA018	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	64	16
S. aureus	SA025	MBI11CN-Tw80	2	4
S. aureus	SA025	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	4	1
S. aureus	SA025	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	2	1
S. aureus	SA025	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	2	1
S. aureus	SA025	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	4	2
S. aureus	SA093	MBI11CN-Tw80	2	2
S. aureus	SA093	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	2	I
S. aureus	SA093	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	2	1
S. aureus	SA093	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	I
S. aureus	SA093	MBI11B7CN-F12-	1	1
		Tx114r
S. aureus	SA093	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	2	1
S. aureus	SA093	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	2	1
S. aureus	SA093	MBI29-Tw80	1	0.5
S. epidermidis	SE010	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	4	2
S. epidermidis	SE010	MBI11B7CN-F12-	4	8
		Tx114r
S. epidermidis	SE010	MBI29-Tw80	>64	4
S. maltophilia	SMA002	MBI11CN-Tw80	32	>128
S. maltophilia	SMA002	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	32	32
S. maltophilia	SMA002	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	64	16
S. maltophilia	SMA002	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	32	16
S. maltophilia	SMA002	MBI11B7CN-F12-	64	64
		Tx114r
S. maltophilia	SMA002	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	128	64
S. maltophilia	SMA002	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	128	64
S. maltophilia	SMA002	MBI11F4CN-Tw80	32	16
S. maltophilia	SMA002	MBI29-Tw80	8	2
S. marcescens	SMS003	MBI11CN-Tw80	>128	>128
S. marcescens	SMS003	MBI11B1CN-Tw80	>128	>128
S. marcescens	SMS003	MBI11B7CN-Tw80	>128	>128
S. marcescens	SMS003	MBI11B7CN-Tx114r	>128	>128
S. marcescens	SMS003	MBI11B7CN-F12-	>128	>128
		Tx114r
S. marcescens	SMS003	MBI11E3CN-Tw80	128	>128
S. marcescens	SMS003	MBI11F3CN-Tw80	128	>128
S. marcescens	SMS003	MBI11F4CN-Tw80	>128	>28
S. marcescens	SMS003	MBI29-Tw80	>64	>128

[0519] Toxicities of APO-modified MBI 11CN and unmodified MBI 11CN are examined in Swiss CD-1 mice. Groups of 6 mice are injected iv with single doses of 0.1 ml peptide in 0.9% saline. The dose levels used are 0, 3, 5, 8, 10, and 13 mg/kg. Mice are monitored at 1, 3, and 6 hrs post-injection for the first day, then twice daily for 4 days. The survival data for MBI 11CN mice are presented in Table 43. For APO-modified MBI 11CN, 100% of the mice survived at all doses, including the maximal dose of 13 mg/kg.

TABLE 43
Peptide				Cumulative
administered	No. Dead/	Cumulative	No.	No. Dead/	%
(mg/kg)	Total	Dead	Surviving	Total	Dead
13	6/6	18	0	18/18	100
10	6/6	12	0	12/12	100
8	6/6	6	0	6/6	100
5	0/6	0	6	0/6	0
3	0/6	0	12	0/12	0
0	0/6	0	18	0/18	0

[0520] As summarized below, the LD50 for MBI 11CN is 7 mg/kg (Table 7), with all subjects dying at a dose of 8 mg/ml. The highest dose of MBI 11CN giving 100% survival was 5 mg/kg. The data show that APO-modified peptides are significantly less toxic than the parent peptides.

TABLE 44
Test Peptide	LD50	LD90-100	MTD
MBI 11CN	7 mg/kg	8 mg/kg	5 mg/kg
APO-MBI-11CN	>13 mg/kg*	>13 mg/kg*	>13 mg/kg*
*could not be calculated with available data.

[0521] In addition, APO-peptides and parent peptides are tested against a panel of cancer cell lines. Cell death is measured using the Cytotox (Promega) assay kit which measures the release of lactate dehydrogenase. As shown below the modified peptides had increased activity over the parent peptides.

TABLE 45
	CELL LINE, LC50, μg/mL ± S.E.
									MCF-
Peptide	PBL	HUVEC	H460	K562	DoHH-2	P388	P388 ADR	MCF-7	7 ADR
11CN	57	>190	200	—	—	30	25	11.8 ± 9	17 ± 1
11CN-Tw80	6 ± 6	16 ± 4	16 ± 4	—	—	1.9 ± 5	3.5 ± 2	11	—
11A3CN	>500	>500	>500	>500	>500	>300	>300	—	—
11A3CN-Tw80	12.7 ± 15	17 ± 9	15 ± 4	6	3.3 ± 0.05	5.6 ± 2	6.6 ± 3	28	13
11B7CN	24 ± 10	90 ± 23	26 ± 25	34 ± 25	16.5 ± 3	13.8	—	>700	—
11B7CN-Tw80	3.8 ± 1	12.8 ± 8	>100	4.7 ± 3	3.3 ± 1	5.1	—	12	—
11E3CN	22 ± 11	117 ± 7	18	9	3.6	13.9 ± 3	7.9 ± 3	5.6 ± 2	5.3 ± 1
11E3CN-Tw80	4.5 ± 2	12.8 ± 2	8.2 ± 4	4.9 ± 3	3.5 ± 0.7	5.9 ± 3	8.4 ± 1	8.1 ± 5	7.6 ± 2
21A11	30 ± 15	184 ± 100	48	56 ± 33	9.8 ± 0.3	—	—	—	—
21A11-Tw80	4.5 ± 4	17 ± 9.9	21	4.3 ± 2	4.7 ± 0.6	8.1 ± 3.4	9	18	—
29	12 ± 10	10	12.6 ± 10	1	2.1 ± 0.5	1.4 ± 0.5	2 ± 0.2	4 ± 2	3.2 ± 1
29-Tw80	8.7 ± 6	9.3 ± 2	1.7	2.1 ± 0.5	4 ± 0.5	7.6 ± 2.4	7.6 ± 2	15.5 ± 6	9.1 ± 5

[0522] PBL, peripheral blood lymphocytes; HUVEC, human umbilical vein endothelial cells; H460,non-small lung tumor; K562, chronic myelogenous leukemia; DoHH-2, B-cell cell lymphoma; P388, lymphocytic leukemia; P388ADR, lymphocytic leukemia, multidrug resistant; MCF-7, breast carcinoma; MCF-7ADR, breast carcinoma, multidrug resistant.

[0523] It will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.

Claims

1. An indolicidin analogue, comprising 8 to 25 amino acids and containing the formula:

2. An indolicidin analogue, comprising 8 to 25 amino acids and containing the formula:

3. An indolicidin analogue, comprising 10 to 25 amino acids and containing the formula:

4. An indolicidin analogue, comprising 17 to 25 amino acids and containing the formula:

5. An indolicidin analogue, comprising 10 to 25 amino acids and containing the formula:

6. An indolicidin analogue, comprising 8 to 25 amino acids and containing the formula:

7. An indolicidin analogue, comprising 10 to 25 amino acids and containing the formula:

8. An indolicidin analogue, comprising 11 to 25 amino acids and containing the formula:

9. An indolicidin analogue, comprising 11 to 25 amino acids and containing the formula:

10. The analogues according to any one of claims 1 and 3-7 wherein Z is proline, X is tryptophan and B is arginine or lysine.

11. An indolicin analogue selected from the group consisting of:

12. An indolicidin analogue selected from the group consisting of:

13. An indolicidin analogue selected from the group consisting of:

14. An indolicidin analogue selected from the group consisting of:

15. The indolicidin analogue according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein two or more analogues are coupled to form a branched peptide.

16. The indolicidin analogue according to claim 15, wherein four analogues are coupled to a peptide core having the formula:

17. The indolicidin analogue according to claim 15, wherein eight analogues are coupled to a peptide core having the formula:

18. The indolicidin analogue according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the analogue has one or more amino acids altered to a corresponding D-amino acid.

19. The indolicidin analogue according to claim 18, wherein the N-terminal amino acid is a D-amino acid.

20. The indolicidin analogue according to claim 18, wherein the C-terminal amino acid is a D-amino acid.

21. The indolicidin analogue according to claim 18, wherein the N-terminal amino acid and the C-terminal amino acid are D-amino acids.

22. The indolicidin analogue according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the analogue is acetylated at the N-terminal amino acid.

23. The indolicidin analogue according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the analogue is amidated at the C-terminal amino acid.

24. The indolicidin analogue according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the analogue is esterified at the C-terminal amino acid.

25. The indolicidin analogue according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the analogue is modified by incorporation of homoserine/homoserine lactone at the C-terminal amino acid.

26. The indolicidin analogue according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the analogue is conjugated with polyethylene glycol or derivatives thereof.

27. An isolated nucleic acid molecule whose sequence comprises one or more coding sequences of an indolicidin analogue according to any one of claims 11-14.

28. An expression vector comprising a promoter in operable linkage with the nucleic acid molecule of claim 27.

29. A host cell transfected or transformed with the expression vector of claim 28.

30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one indolicidin analogue according to any of claims 1-26 and a physiologically acceptable buffer.

31. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 30, further comprising an antibiotic agent.

32. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 31, wherein the antibiotic is selected from the group consisting of penicillins, cephalosporins, carbacephems, cephamycins, carbapenems, monobactams, quinolones, tetracyclines, aminoglycosides, macrolides, glycopeptides, chloramphenicols, glycylcyclines, licosamides and fluoroquinolones.

33. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 31, wherein the antibiotic is selected from the group consisting of Amikacin; Amoxicillin; Ampicillin; Azithromycin; Azlocillin; Aztreonam; Carbenicillin; Cefaclor; Cefamandole formate sodium; Cefazolin; Cefepime; Cefetamet; Cefixime; Cefmetazole; Cefonicid; Cefoperazone; Cefotaxime; Cefotetan; Cefoxitin; Cefpodoxime; Cefprozil; Cefsulodin; Ceftazidime; Ceftizoxime; Ceftriaxone; Cefuroxime; Cephalexin; Cephalothin; Chloramphenicol; Cinoxacin; Ciprofloxacin; Clarithromycin; Clindamycin; Cloxacillin; Co-amoxiclavulanate; Dicloxacillin; Doxycycline; Enoxacin; Erythromycin; Erythromycin estolate; Erythromycin ethyl succinate; Erythromycin glucoheptonate; Erythromycin lactobionate; Erythromycin stearate; Ethambutol; Fleroxacin; Gentamicin; Imipenem; Isoniazid; Kanamycin; Lomefloxacin; Loracarbef; Meropenem Methicillin; Metronidazole; Mezlocillin; Minocycline hydrochloride; Mupirocin; Nafcillin; Nalidixic acid; Netilmicin; Nitrofurantoin; Norfloxacin; Ofloxacin; Oxacillin; Penicillin G; Piperacillin; Pyrazinamide; Rifabutin; Rifampicin; Roxithromycin; Streptomycin; Sulfamethoxazole; Synercid; Teicoplanin; Tetracycline; Ticarcillin; Tobramycin; Trimethoprim; Vancomycin; a combination of Piperacillin and Tazobactam; and derivatives thereof.

34. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 31, wherein the antibiotic is selected from the group consisting of Amikacin; Amoxicillin; Ampicillin; Azithromycin; Cefoxitin; Ceftriaxone; Ciprofloxacin; Clarithromycin; Doxycycline; Erythromycin; Gentamicin; Mupirocin; Piperacillin; Teicoplanin; Tobramycin; Vancomycin; and a combination of Piperacillin and Tazobactam.

35. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a physiologically acceptable buffer and a combination of an analogue and an antibiotic, wherein the combination is selected from the group consisting of:

36. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 30, further comprising an antiviral agent.

37. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 36 wherein the antiviral agent is selected from the group consisting of acyclovir; amantadine hydrochloride; didanosine; edoxudine; famciclovir; foscarnet; ganciclovir; idoxuridine; interferon; lamivudine; nevirapine; penciclovir; podophyllotoxin; ribavirin; rimantadine; sorivudine; stavudine; trifluridine; vidarabine; zalcitabine and zidovudine.

38. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 30, further comprising an antiparasitic agent.

39. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 38 wherein the antiparasitic agent is selected from the group consisting of 8-hydroxyquinoline derivatives; cinchona alkaloids; nitroimidazole derivatives; piperazine derivatives; pyrimidine derivatives and quinoline derivatives.

40. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 38 wherein the antiparasitic agent is selected from the group consisting of albendazole; atovaquone; chloroquine phosphate; diethylcarbamazine citrate; eflomithine; halofantrine; iodoquinol; ivermectin; mebendazole; mefloquine hydrochloride; melarsoprol B; metronidazole; niclosamide; nifurtimox; paromomycin; pentamidine isethionate; piperazine; praziquantel; primaquine phosphate; proguanil; pyrantel pamoate; pyrimethamine; pyrvinium pamoate; quinidine gluconate; quinine sulfate; sodium stibogluconate; suramin and thiabendazole.

41. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 30, further comprising an antifungal agent.

42. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 41, wherein the antifungal agent is selected from the group consisting of allylamines; imidazoles; pyrimidines and triazoles.

43. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 41, wherein the antifungal agent is selected from the group consisting of 5-fluorocytosine; amphotericin B; butoconazole; chlorphenesin; ciclopirox; clioquinol; clotrimazole; econazole; fluconazole; flucytosine; griseofulvin; itraconazole; ketoconazole; miconazole; naftifine hydrochloride; nystatin; selenium sulfide; sulconazole; terbinafine hydrochloride; terconazole; tioconazole; tolnaftate and undecylenate.

44. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 30, wherein the composition is incorporated in a liposome.

45. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 30, wherein the composition is incorporated in a slow-release vehicle.

46. A method of treating an infection, comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 30-45.

47. The method of claim 46, wherein the infection is due to a microorganism.

48. The method of claim 47, wherein the microorganism is selected from the group consisting of bacterium, fungus, parasite and virus.

49. The method of claim 48, wherein the fungus is a yeast and/or mold.

50. The method of claim 48, wherein the parasite is selected from the group consisting of protozoan, nematode, cestode and trematode.

51. The method of claim 50, wherein the parasite is a protozoan and is selected from the group consisting of Babesia spp.; Balantidium coli; Blastocystis hominis; Cryptosporidium parvum; Encephalitozoon spp.; Entamoeba spp.; Giardia lamblia; Leishmania spp.; Plasmodium spp.; Toxoplasma gondii; Trichomonas spp. and Trypanosoma spp.

52. The method of claim 50, wherein the parasite is selected from the group consisting of Ascaris lumbricoides; Clonorchis sinensis; Echinococcus spp.; Fasciola hepatica; Fasciolopsis buski; Heterophyes heterophyes; Hymenolepis spp.; Schistosoma spp.; Taenia spp. and Trichinella spiralis.

53. The method of claim 48, wherein the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium.

54. The method of claim 53, wherein the Gram-negative bacterium is selected from the group consisting of Acinetobacter spp.; Enterobacter spp.; E. coli; H. influenzae;, K. pneumoniae; P. aeruginosa; S. marcescens and S. maltophilia.

56. The method of claim 53, wherein the Gram-negative bacterium is selected from the group consisting of Bordetella pertussis; Brucella spp.; Campylobacter spp.; Haemophilus ducreyi; Helicobacter pylori; Legionella spp.; Moraxella catarrhalis; Neisseria spp.; Salmonella spp.; Shigella spp. and Yersinia spp.

57. The method of claim 48, wherein the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium.

58. The method of claim 57, wherein the Gram-positive bacterium is selected from the group consisting of E. faecalis; S. aureus; E. faecium; S. pyogenes; S. pneumoniae and coagulase-negative staphylococci.

59. The method of claim 57, wherein the Gram-positive bacterium is selected from the group consisting of Bacillus spp.; Corynebacterium spp.; Diphtheroids; Listeria spp. and Viridans Streptococci.

60. The method of claim 48, wherein the bacterium is an anaerobe.

61. The method of claim 60, wherein the anaerobe is selected from the group consisting Clostridium spp., Bacteroides spp. and Peptostreptococcus spp.

62. The method of claim 48, wherein the bacterium is selected from the group consisting of Borrelia spp.; Chlamydia spp.; Mycobacterium spp.; Mycoplasma spp.; Propionibacterium acne; Rickettsia spp.; Treponema spp. and Ureaplasma spp.

63. The method of claim 48, wherein the virus is an RNA virus selected from the group consisting of Alphavirus; Arenavirus; Bunyavirus; Coronavirus; Enterovirus; Filovirus; Flavivirus; Hantavirus; HTLV-BLV; Influenzavirus; Lentivirus; Lyssavirus; Paramyxovirus; Reovirus; Rhinovirus and Rotavirus.

64. The method of claim 48, wherein the virus is a DNA virus selected from the group consisting of Adenovirus; Cytomegalovirus; Hepadnavirus; Molluscipoxvirus; Orthopoxvirus; Papillomavirus; Parvovirus; Polyomavirus; Simplexvirus and Varicellovirus.

65. The method of claim 46, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is administered by intravenous injection, intraperitoneal injection or implantation, intramuscular injection or implantation, intrathecal injection, subcutaneous injection or implantation, intradermal injection, lavage, bladder wash-out, suppositories, pessaries, oral ingestion, topical application, enteric application, inhalation, aerosolization or nasal spray or drops.

66. A composition, comprising an indolicidin analogue according to any of claims 1-26 and an antibiotic.

67. A device coated with a composition comprising the indolicidin analogue according to claims 1-26.

68. The device of claim 67, wherein the composition further comprises an antibiotic agent.

69. The device of either of claims 67 or 68, wherein the device is a medical device.

70. An antibody that reacts specifically with the analogue according to any of claims 11-14.

71. The antibody of claim 70, wherein the antibody is a monoclonal antibody or single chain antibody.

72. A composition comprising a compound modified by derivatization of an amino group with a conjugate comprising activated polyoxyalkylene glycol and a fatty acid.

73. The composition of claim 72, wherein the conjugate further comprises sorbitan linking the polyoxyalkylene glycol and fatty acid.

74. The composition of claim 72, wherein the conjugate is polysorbate.

75. The composition of claim 72, wherein the fatty acid has from 12 to 18 carbons.

76. The composition of claim 72, wherein the polyoxyalkylene glycol is polyoxyethylene.

77. The composition of claim 76, wherein the polyoxyethylene has a chain length of from 2 to 100 monomeric units.

78. The composition of claim 72, wherein the compound is a peptide or protein.

79. The composition of claim 72, wherein the compound is a cationic peptide.

80. The composition of claim 79, wherein the cationic peptide is indolicidin, an indolicidin analogue or a cecropin/melittin fusion peptide.

81. The composition of claim 72, wherein the polyoxyalkylene glycol is activated by irradiation with ultraviolet light.

82. A method of overcoming tolerance of a bacterium to an antibacterial agent, comprising: contacting the bacterium with a composition comprising the antibacterial agent and a cationic peptide, therefrom overcoming tolerance.

83. The method of claim 82, wherein the cationic peptide is selected from the group consisting of Abaecins, Andropins, Apidaecins, AS, Bactenecins, Bac, Bactericidins, Bacteriocins, Bombinins, Bombolitins, BPTI, Brevinins, CAP 18 and related peptides, Cecropins, Ceratotoxins, Charybdtoxins, Coleoptericins, Crabolins, alpha, beta, and insect defensins, Dermaseptins, Diptericins, Drosocins, Esculentins, Gramicidins, Histatins, Indolicidins, Lactoferricins, Lantibiotics, Leukocins, Magainins and related peptides from amphibians, Mastoparans, Melittins, Phormicins, Polyphemusins, Protegrins, Royalisins, Sarcotoxins, Seminal plasmins, Sepacins, Tachyplesins, Thionins, Toxins, Cecropin-Melittin chimeras and analogues thereof.

84. The method of claim 82, wherein the cationic peptide is an indolicidin analogue.

85. A method of overcoming inherent resistance of a microorganism to an antibiotic agent, comprising: contacting the microorganism to a composition comprising the antibiotic agent and a cationic peptide selected from the group consisting of Abaecins, Andropins, Apidaecins, AS, Bactenecins, Bac, Bactericidins, Bacteriocins, Bombinins, Bombolitins, Brevinins, CAP 18 and related peptides, Cecropins, Ceratotoxins, Charybdtoxins, Coleoptericins, Crabolins, Dermaseptins, Diptericins, Drosocins, Esculentins, Gramicidins, Histatins, Indolicidins, Lactoferricins, Lantibiotics, Leukocins, Magainins and related peptides from amphibians, , Mastoparans, Melittins, Phormicins, Polyphemusins, Protegrins, Royalisins, Sarcotoxins, Seminal plasmins, Sepacins, Tachyplesins, Thionins, Toxins, Cecropin-Melittin chimeras and analogues thereof, therefrom overcoming inherent resistance.

86. The method of claim 85, wherein the cationic peptide is an indolicidin analogue.

87. A method of overcoming acquired resistance of a microorganism to an antibiotic agent, comprising: contacting the microorganism to a composition comprising the antibiotic agent and a cationic peptide selected from the group consisting of Abaecins, Andropins, Apidaecins, AS, Bactenecins, Bac, Bactericidins, Bacteriocins, Bombinins, Bombolitins, Brevinins, CAP 18 and related peptides, Cecropins, Ceratotoxins, Charybdtoxins, Coleoptericins, Crabolins, alpha, beta, and insect Defensins, Dermaseptins, Diptericins, Drosocins, Esculentins, Gramicidins, Histatins, Indolicidins, Lactoferricins, Lantibiotics, Leukocins, Magainins and related peptides from amphibians, Mastoparans, Melittins, Phormicins, Protegrins, Royalisins, Sarcotoxins, Seminal plasmins, Sepacins, Thionins, Toxins, Cecropin-Melittin chimeras and analogues thereof, therefrom overcoming acquired resistance.

88. The method of claim 87, wherein the cationic peptide is an indolicidin analogue.

89. A method of overcoming tolerance of a bacterium to an antibacterial agent, overcoming inherent resistance of a microorganism an antibacterial agent, overcoming acquired resistance of a microorganism an antibacterial agent or enhancing the activity of an antibiotic agent against a susceptible microorganism, comprising administering a pharmaceutical composition of lysozyme or nisin and an antibacterial agent, therefrom overcoming tolerance, inherent resistance, acquired reistance, or enhancing activity.

90. A method of enhancing activity of an antibiotic agent against a susceptible microorganism, comprising administering a pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibiotic agent and a cationic peptide selected from the group consisting of Abaecins, Andropins, Apidaecins, AS, Bactenecins, Bac, Bactericidins, Bacteriocins, Bombinins, Bombolitins, Brevinins, CAP 18 and related peptides, Ceratotoxins, Charybdtoxins, Coleoptericins, alpha, beta, and insect Defensins, Dermaseptins, Diptericins, Drosocins, Esculentins, Gramicidins, Histatins, Indolicidins, Leukocins, Mastoparans, Phormicins, Polyphemusins, Protegrins, Royalisins, Seminal plasmins, Sepacins, Thionins, Toxins and analogues thereof, therefrom enhancing activity of the antibiotic agent against the susceptible microorganism.

91. The method of claim 90, wherein the cationic peptide is an indolicidin analogue.

92. The method of claim 89, wherein the cationic peptide and antibacterial agents are selected from the group consisting of:

93. The method of claim 85, wherein the cationic peptide and antibiotic agents are selected from the group consisting of:

94. The method of claim 87, wherein the cationic peptide and antibiotic agents are selected from the group consisting of:

95. The method of claim 90, wherein the cationic peptide and antibiotic agents are selected from the group consisting of: